NEW THOUGHTS ON
BESOV SPACES
JAAI<
PEETRE
Tekniska Hogskolan
·
Lund
DUKE UNIVERSITY MATHEMATICS SERIES I
Published by Mathematics Departinent Duke University Durham, N.C. 27706, U.S.A.
© 1 976 Mathematics Department Duke University, Durham, N . C . 2 7 706, U . S . A .
Contents P ref ace Adve r t i semen t for the reader
�d
l.
General back gro
2.
P relimi naries on interpol at ion spaces
3.
De fin i t i on and b a s i c propert ies o f Besov spaces
4.
Compa ri son o f Be sov and poten tial spaces
5.
More on interpol ation
6.
The Fourier t ran s form
7.
Mul tipl iers
8.
App roximate pseudo-i denti ties
9.
S tructure of Be s ov space s
10 .
An ab s t ract generalizat ion o f Be sov sp aces
11.
The case
12.
Some s trange new sp aces
Appendix References Con ten t s
0 < p < 1
P re face . Thi s compi l a t ion i s ba sed in es sence on a co urse taugh t at Duke dur ing Ap r i l 1 97 4 .
I t i s to some exten t an
expanded and revi sed ver s ion o f my ea r l ier notes " Fun der ingar om Be sov rum "
(= " Thoughts about Be sov sp aces " )
from 1 967 .
Although the l a tter were w r i t ten in Swedi s h they too have had If
a certain ci rculat i on with in the mathema tical commun i t y . I
am not mi s taken the o r i ginal ta lk s were i n part given in
F rench, because of the p resence of a Ruman i an mathematician . I
cannot help to try to imag ine what woul d have happened i f
t hey had been edi ted up i n my nat ive ton gue E s thon i an!
There
a re a l ready several excel len t trea tmen t s of the s ub j ect o f Be sov space s i n book form .
I
S tein, Niko l s k i j and Triebel.
am think ing of the books by Niko l s k i j ' s i s in R us s i an and
Triebe l ' s is in German, and has not yet ( 1 9 7 4 )
appeared wh ich
leave s on ly the ra ther short t reatmen t o f S tein fo r the Engl i sh speak ing reader . one by Triebel .
C l o s e s t to our t reatmen t comes the
But thi s i s not a mere co inci dence beca use
Triebel too takes in part hi s in sp iration from " Funderinga r " . However our o b j ect i ve i s s omewhat di f feren t - we are o rien ted towa rds appl icatio n s in appro ximat ion theory, Fourier analy s i s etc . , rather than partial di f feren t i a l eq ua tion s - there i s not that much o verlap a fter a l l s o a separate p ub l ication might be motivated .
Anyhow my b a s i c mo tive h a s been j u st to make
thi s type of metho d better known among mathematician s . happy momen t s I have thought they deserve i t .
At
Finally I take the advantage to thank my col le ague s at the Duke Mathematics Dep artment for the i r hospitality , and in particular Pro fe s sor Morri s We i s fe l d , wi thout whose cons tant enco uragement the se note s might not have been wri tten . Durham , April 1 9 7 4 J. P.
Adverti sement for the reader The service o f the following few l ines i s to p rovide the reader some indications how to be st read thi s me s s , i f he really must . The text i s divided into twelve chapters .
Each chap te r
i s followed b y "no te s " whi ch contain some brie f h i s to rical remarks .
Within the main body o f the chapte rs there are no
bibliographical re ference s .
I apologize at once to all those
whose works I have forgotten to q uote (or , even worse , have mis q uoted ! ) . Now an in formal account of the contents o f e ach individual chapter : Chap . l trie s to sketch the hi s torical deve lopment , starting with Riemann and Dirichlet ' s principle , which i n the theory o f partial di ffe rential e q uations leads to the introduct ion of Sobolev and finally potential and Be sov space s .
We
al so give a heuristic argument for the particul ar de finition of Besov space s (based on a Tauberian condition ) whi ch we are going to employ . Chap . 2 give s a rapid survey of relevant portions of the theory of inte rpolation space s .
We intend
to do a lot o f
interpolation s ! Chap .
3
i s where we re al ly s tart .
After brie fly reviewing
tempered distributions and the Fourier trans form we give the precise de finition of our space s , indicate al so various variants and general i z ations , and develop the ir basic p ropertie s .
The following s i x chapte r s 4 - 9 are de voted to various more spe cial deve lopments, and app l i cat ions. In Chap . 4 we make a more de t a i l e d comp a r i s on o f Be sov and potential space s .
Th i s give s us an opportunity to in tro
duce some C a l de ron- Zygmund and Paley - Littlewood theory . In Chap . 5 we p rove some more de ep re sul ts on inte rp o lation o f Be s ov and potent i al space s . In Chap . 6 (wh i c h in some sense i s preparatory for Ch ap. 7 ) we study the Fourier trans form . In Chap .
7 we s tudy mul tip l i ers , both Fo urie r mul t ip l i e r s
and o rdinary one s , in Be sov sp ace s a n d al so in poten tial space s or wh at i s the s ame, at le a s t whe n Fourie r mul tip l ie r s are conce rne d, L . p
In particul ar we shal l give a brie f d i s
cu s s ion of the famo us mul t ip l ie r prob lem for the b a l l , a l though t h i s re a l l y has n o t much t o d o with the ma in topi c o f the se lec ture s, the s tudy o f Be sov space s . In Chap .
8 we give a more gene ral
( b ut s ti l l equiva l e n t ! )
de f i n i t ion o f Be sov sp ace s than the one u s e d in the previous d i s c u s s ion , i . e . the one forced upon the reade r by me diat ion of the he uri s t i c ar guments p re sente d in Chap . l .
In many
problems th i s give s a much gre ater de g ree o f flexib i l i t y .
We
pre sent the s ub j e c t in such a way th at we a l so ge t con tact with some q ue s tion s in app roximation theory connected w i th the notion o f s aturat ion . In Chap .
9 we s tudy Be sov space s from the point o f view
o f topo logical ve ctor space s .
Except in s ome e xception a l
l imit in g case s , it i s po s s ible to show that they indeed are i s omorphic to some rather s imple matrix space s . The remaining chapters are devoted to various general i z ation s of the previous theory . In Chap . 1 0 we brie fly indicate a certain abs tract general i z ation of Besov space s . In Chap . 1 1 we con s i der the gene ra l i zation to the case 0
<
p
<
1.
I t turn s out that thi s i s re l ated to the Fe fferman
Ste in-We i s s theory o f Hardy space s . Final ly in Chap . 1 2 there are indicated various aux i l i ary more o r l e s s natural looking general i z at ions o f Besov space s . In the Appendix I have put some addit ional material whi ch e i ther did not fit into the main developme n t or I simply forgot to include at the first writing. As for style , the dis cussion in the e arl ier chapters is rather complete , with mos t det ai l s written out .
In the l ater
chapters many proofs have been le ft out so the reader probab ly has to do a lot of work himse l f .
Quotat ion :
The beginner should not be di scouraged if he finds that he doe s not have the prere q ui s ites for reading the prere q ui s ite s . •
•
•
•
P.
Ha lmo s ( previously q uoted by and B. S imon)
Chapter l .
M.
•
•
Reed
General b ackground .
Thi s Chapter i s expos i tory and there fore no proo fs will be given in gene ral .
Our p rincip al a im i s to arrive in a
semi - heuri stic way at a certain de finition o f Be sov space s which i s the one that our sub se q uen t tre atment will be based upon . The entire sub j e ct i s intimatel y rel ated to seve ral othe r branche s of analysi s :
partial di f fe re ntial e q uation s ,
calculus of variations , approximation theory , theore tical numerical analysi s , Fourier·analys i s , etc .
( Later on howeve r
fix attention at the forme r two only . "p . d . e . " will fade in the background
•
But pre sently we
.
•
)
We wil l try for a while to fol low the h i s torical road .
Let us start with Riemann and Dirichlet ' s principle . Let � be an open set in 1Rn with a C boundary a � . The Dirichlet oo
prob lem con s i s t s o f finding a function u de f ined in the Laplace e q uation /'::,
(l)
u
=
0 in
�
satis fying
�
and the Dirichlet boundary condition u
(2) where
g
=g
on
a�
i s a given fun ction .
Diri chle t ' s p rinciple i s now
a recipe for obtaining the solution u o f prob lem ( l ) - ( 2 ) : l
2 Consider the ( Dirichlet) integral D (u) ! � ! grad u l 2 dx within the class of functions u which already satisfy ( 2 ) . The solution is the one member u of this class which minimizes D (u) . What Riemann overlooked was the q uestion of existence . This became clear only after the criticism of Weierstrass who produced a counter-example in a related s ituation . A way out of the di fficulty is to consider D (u) as a norm in a vector space . If we also agree to leave the realm of classical calculus and take the derivatives in a generalized (distributional sense we get indeed a complete space , thus the norm being Using a standq uadratic , a Hilbert space , denoted by ard result from Hilbert space theory we than get at least a generali zed (distributional , weak) solution of ( 1 ) - ( 2 ) , be longing to wl2 (�) , but we are le ft with the problem of demonstrating that this really is a classical ( strong) solution . This will not be considered here . Instead we look at the space w; ( � ) , and generalizations of it, per se . If we admit deriva tives up to order k and take pth powers instead of sq uares we formally obtain the space s Wpk (�) studied by Sobolev in the 30 ' s . (Other name s that ought to be mentioned in this context are Beppo Levi , Friedrichs , Morrey , etc . ) If p � 2 they are no longer Hilbert spaces but Banach spaces . They are then particularly useful in non-linear problems . So much for history . Let us now write down the precise =
3
definition . Let l.::_p .:::_
oo
k integer
>
0.
Then we set
which space we e q uip with the norm II
til _ k
w- (rl)
p
al
Here LP ( r.l) is the Lebesgue space o f measurable functions f the pth power of which jf j P is integrable , which space again we e quip with the norm
I f k = 0 of course we get wp0 (rl) I f r.l JRn we write simply � = � ( JRn ) . We stop to explain our notation . We denote the general point of JRn by x = (x1 , ••• , xn ) and the n-dimensional volume element by dx = dx1 ••· dxn . Partial derivation with respect to a multi - index a =a 1 • • • av of order I a I = v is denoted by = xCl · � • Needless to point out again we Da Da a · · l ·v al in adistributional v sense , i . e . , it is always take derivatives re q uired that a f ,D f cp dx = ( - 1 ) I I f rl f D cp dx 0:' =
a
OG
··
rv
u.
4
cjJ
fo r e ve ry " te s t f un ct ion "
t:
V (S""l ) , i . e . ,
00
cjJ i s C
with compact
st .
support conta ined in
We next sta te without pro o f a n umbe r o f re s u l t s abo ut the space s
r/p (S""l )
•
r/p ( ll )
Comple tene s s the o rem . C
Den s ity theo rem . if
k ll i s bounde d , c (TI ) C: k Thus W ( ll ) p
k
( ll ) l'\
i s a Banach space .
r/p ( ll )
r/p (st )
k i s den se in W (ll ) . p
i s den se in
Embe dding theorem ( Sobo lev 1 9 3 8 ) . T:
�p {st )
-+ L ( st ) P1
More gene ral l y , st
(3' )
1
i f _E_ > _E_ - k I p P1
be ing any C
00
k
( st > i f T : w - ( st ) -+ L 1 P1 P
n
l
--
p
l
I I fI I
( Friedrich s ) k w- (st > We ha � an embedding k<� p
0
( re s tr i c t ion )
n -n l n n > - - k , k < - , k > -p p p
We have al s o the fo l low in g more e lemen tary complemen t o f (4 )
k T : w - ( st ) -+ Lip s p
l
( st )
(3' )
i s not o f
Why ? )
Exte n s io n theo rem . ( to st) o f some
(3) :
n n i f s .::_ k - - , k > - , 0 < s .::_ 1 . 1 1 P P
(Notice t hat the corre sponding comp l emen t o f any intere s t .
g
t:
=
f
Eve ry
� �
( ffin )
•
n -dime n s ional s ubman i fo ld con 1
st , we have an embe dding
tained in
.
can al so be iden t i f i e d as the ab stract com-
plet ion o f " n i ce " functions in the n o rm
(3)
r/p (st )
Also ,
•
t:
�p ( ll )
i s the re s triction
Mo reove r ho lds
in f
ove r al l g e xtending f w i th the inf imum taken .
5
Remark .
Conce rning the two foregoing theorems see al so
Appendix , A and B . In other words we have the fol lowing q uotient repre sen tation :
where , general ly speak ing , spanned by tho se functions
(�)F deno te s the subspace o f � in � the support o f whi ch i s con-
tained in F . ( Actual ly one can find a mapping ( se ction o f T) S : Wk ( Q ) � id so that \(
=
-+
�
repre sentation provide s the pos sibility of carrying over many re sul t s from the spe cial case Q = JRn to the case o f a general Q
•
E . g . the Den s ity theorem can be e stabl i shed in thi s fash ion .
Conve r se l y , i t i s also convenient in particular in more compl icated ins tance s , to use the q uotient repre sentation as a de finition . Q JRn =
We shall there fore in what fol lows mostly take
•
Let us however al so men tion the fol lowing rather elementary re sul t . � ( Q) i s not changed i f we make a p change o f coordinate s .
Invariance theorem . local C
00
�
Thi s provide s us with the pos sibi l ity o f de fining W (Q ) when Q i s a mani fo ld not embedde d in JRn ( at least i f Q i s compac t ) .
6
We end our s u rvey o f Sobolev sp ace s .
We now f i x attention
to the problem of de fin ing space s analogo u s to in tege r k i s re pl ace d by any re a l n umbe r s space s of " fractional o rde r " ) .
when the
( a k ind o f Sob o l e v
Seve ral reasons fo r why thi s
i s o f impo rtance w i l l appe ar l at e r o n . that there i s no uni q ue
wfp
( n atural )
I t t urn s out howe ve r
way to achieve this .
The
fo l lowing p o s s ib i l i t ie s are ava i l ab l e : 1
°
Po ten t i a l o r Lio uvi l le sp ace s
l � p � oo .
Le t
J
( 1 - /::, )
1/ 2
�
P , where s re a l ,
where
2 2 a a -2 + + i s the Lap l a c i an . Such a " symboli c " 2 CJx ax l n ope rator we alway s de fine using the Fo urie r tran s fo rm . I . e . /::,
=
•
•
•
deno t ing the Fo urie r tran s fo rm by
A
we req u i re that
Jf ( O In the s ame way fractional powe r s o f J are de fine d by the formul a
where
s•
time s we also nee d the " homo geneo u s " ope rato r powe r s I s
=
s
( Some -
de note s the space o f tempe re d di s t rib ut i on s . I
=
,;-:::.:-;;:-
are the gene ra l i z e d po ten t i a l o f M . Rie s z .
- 2 we ge t the Newton pote n t i a l .
The operato r s J
occa s iona l ly cal l e d the Be s se l potential s . )
The
If s
a re
We then de fine
7
which space is e q uipped with the norm
It i s po s s ible to show that ( use Mikhl in ' s mul tip lier theorem) wpk if
s
=k
intege r..:_ 0 , 1 < p < oo
so at least for 1 < p < oo P ps i s a true generalization of Wpk 2 ° Be sov or Lip s chitz space Bps q where s real , }
1 2P1
q � oo .
Be fore giving the de finition let us right away
remark that
Bps q is a true generali z ation of � p only i f p Let us also notice that so
= Lip s
if
O < s < l.
On the o ther hand
Bl oo 00
i s the Zygmund class o f smooth functions . In general we only have
q
2.
8
(5)
+
s oo B p
The p roblem o f demons trating the e q uivalence i s in general a non-trivi a l one .
The s i tuation i s comp l i cated by
the fact that there are in the l i terature a mul titude o f d i f fe re n t but e q uivalent de finition s .
Mo s t o f the de f in i t ions
are goo d only in ce rt ain interva l s o f s .
Le t u s try to make
a s urve y : 0 < s < 1.
a.
We set q
sq B p with
6
h
=
{ f I fEL
f (x)
=
p
&
( J n :rn.
f ( x+h )
- f (x) .
If q
= oo
the interpre tation o f
the de f in ing e xpre s s ion i s
s up
The no r.m i s given by
Be l ow
( b . - j . ) we do no t wri te down the e xpre s s ion fo r t he norm
because it can be formed in exac tly the s ame manner . b.
1 < s < 2.
We s e t
9
Bps q
=
c.
0 < s 1- intege r .
{ f j f�:: Wp1 & D. f�:: Bs-l , q (j=l, p J
• • •
,n) }
Extension o f the procedure initiated
in b . ( k=integral part o f s )
d.
0 < s < 2.
We can now set q )
with
�� e.
dh ) 1/q < n I hj
00
}
f ( x ) = f ( x+2 h ) - 2 f ( x+h ) + f ( x ) . Procedure analogous to the one in b . and c .
We use
kth order di fference s k
\)
2.:
=0
( - l )k ( \)k ) f ( x+ v h) .
I t i s plain that the de finition indicated under the headings a . - c . al l are somewhat re late d .
Now we indicated a
somewhat different approach first deve loped systemati cal ly in the thes i s of Taibleson but which has its roots in the works of Hardy-Littlewood in the 3 0 ' s . f.
0 < s < l.
Let u = u ( x , t ) be the ( tempere d ) solution
of the boundary problem
10
2 a u 2 at u
;::
;::
-
if t > 0
b. u
0,
if t
f
i n o the r words the Po i s son inte gral o f f :
t
u ( x, t )
f (y)
dy .
Then we have q 1/ q dt ) < T o < s < 2.
g.
Now holds
=
sq B p
h.
{ f \ fE L p 0 < s.
}
00
&
( f;
a2u l \ 2 1 \ t 2 L Cl t p { s t
q 1/ q dt < ) T
00
}
Exten s ion o f the proce dure be gun in f .
For a l l the s e case s we have a t least
s > 0.
and g .
Howeve r it
is e a sy to mo di fy the above appro ach so as to cove r the case of negative s i.
s < l.
( an d s = 0 )
too .
Con s ide r in pl ace o f u the solution v= v ( x , t )
o f the boundary p rob lem
11
if t > 0 if t =
v= f
0
Then holds {
j.
f l f E:
LI &
s real .
( -6
00
I It
�� ts
I I .L p
q dt ) 1/ q < t
00
}
Analogous .
We are now faced with the problem o f see ing what i s common in all the se case s .
First let us cons ide r a smal l variant o f
a . , the case s b . -e . being analogous : a' .
O < s < l. &
Bps q = { f I fs Lp where
ej
=
(O,
•
•
One can show that
•
(
,l,
I l li te . fj I L q p ) dt 1/q < oo ( . =l, J J t) ts
!0
00
.
•
•
• • •
,n) }
, O ) i s the j th b as i s ve cto r o f En .
I f we compare a ' . with f . say , we see that the integral s are bui l t up in same fashion .
We have thus to con front the integrands only , i . e . the expres sion s li te . f and t� at J re spectively . I t i s now readily seen that they both are the e ffe ct of a trans lation invariant operator depending on t acting on f , i . e . o f the form ¢ t * f where ¢ t are " te s t functions " depending on t . The dependence on t i s now particularly simple :
12
or , expre s sed in terms of Fourier trans forms ,
¢ ( t� ) where
<jJ
1
i s a given te st function . /"-
!-,
te . J
f
(e
i tt: '
Indeed we find A
J-l) f ( �)
and t l � l e -t l � l f { � ) re spe ctive l y .
( 6)
B sq= { f I P
We are thus le ad to try the fol lowing de finition -s { fooo ( t I I
*
fI IL
under suitab le re strictions on
p
t �
)q
) 1/q
<
oo
}
What are the re s trictior
Le t us here devise every crude •
In view of
(5)
we have in any case
Thus we must have
13
Re strict ing attention to the case
p
q and using P l anchere l ' s
formula we get
Replace now � by t - l �
and let
t
-+
0:
i� . If = e J _ l ( 7) � ( � ) = I � J e - J � J , s..2_1 . Thus ( 7)
which thus i s a nece ssary condition . implie s
0
<s<1
and i f
helps us to explain partly the re striction imposed on s in the se case s .
Of course we canno t expe ct to get the comp lete
answer with such crude weapons .
Next we ob serve that
( 7) ,
A
on
the othe r hand , certainly i s ful filled i f � van i shes in a ne ighborhood o f
0
and oo .
Moreove r we f i x attention to the
case when we can do wi th j ust one � in
(6)
- obviously
cannot vani sh for all t at some point
�.
We are thus lead
to impose the fol lowing condition o f Tauberian characte r ( analogous to Wiener ' s ) : (8)
{t � I t
>
o} n
{ ¢ "�
o}
'I
p' for each �
'I
o
�t ( � )
14
I n fact it w i l l b e enough t o work with a s tronge r fo rm o f i t
s upp
(8 I )
{ b - l < I E;. I
¢
< b } w i th
b >11
where we o ften fo r conve n ience choo s e to work " in b ase 2 " tak in g thus
b
=
2.
1
To te l l the who l e truth we have a l so to
add a te rm o f the type
I 1 �*
t= o }
{;
I
fl
= { I t;. l
where � s a t i s fie s
L p < 1}
•
We have a l so ove rlooke d the re gularity conditions to be imp o s e d on ¢
( and � ) .
due course
( Chap .
But a l l th i s wi l l be made more pre c i se in
3) .
In con c l usi on we i n s e rt he re two s imp l e i l l u s trative e xamp l e s where the e s sen ce o f the te chnique b a s e d o n the Taube r i an c ondition
( 8 ' ) wil l be app arent .
Le t us howeve r f i r s t po i n t o ut that the re are a l s o o the r more con s t ruct ive de finit ion s o f Be sov space s . a.
App rox ima tion theory
(s > 0) .
Let us con s i de r the
be s t approximat ion of f in L by e xpone n t i a l fun c t ion of type p < r
(9)
:
E (t 1 f)
Then holds
=
inf
iI
f-g l
lL
p
w he re
s upp g c {
I t;. l
<
r }
15
Bps q = { f!
:fE:
L
&
p
00 (!0 ( rsE (r, f) ) q
dr ) 1/ q r
<
oo
•
I f n = 1 and p = q = oo thi s contains the non-periodic analogue o f the classical re sults o f Bern ste in and Jack son for approximation by trigonometric pol ynomial s . b.
Inte rpo lation ( s real ) .
For real interpolation holds
Bps q with s e . g . by de finition ( c f . Chap . 2 ) 00 { f I uo
dt ) 1 /q
T
<
00
}
with (10 ) K(t , f ) = K ( t , f ; Notice the formal analog between ( 9 ) and ( 1 0 ) .
U s ing complex
interpo lation we get inste ad s0 p
[P
I
s1 p ) 8 with s
P
Now to the e xample s that were p romi sed. Example 1 .
We ierstrass non-diffe rentiable function .
Weie rstrass showed in 1 872 that the function
16
00
f (x)
( 11 )
\)
=1
a\) cos ( b\) x ) where
a
was not di ffe rentiable at any point provided I t i s needl e s s t o point out here the pro found influence that thi s counter-example has exe rc i sed in the devel opment o f In 1 9 1 6 Hardy e xamined Weierstras s '
analysis as a whole .
function and he demonstrated the s ame re sult unde r the weake r assumption re sul t .
ab �1 .
We sha l l now give a simple p roo f o f Hardy ' s
In place o f ( 1 1 ) we conside r the more general function f (x ) =
(12)
00
I
v=O
cv e ib\!X
where { cv } i s any se q uence with I I cv I < oo I claim that the fol lowing holds true . •
Propos i tion .
Let f be given and assume that for some
s >0 f (x) = 0 ( I x I s ) , I x l > 0
(13) Then holds
c\) = O (b -v s ) and
holds with 0 replaced by Proof .
f E: B soo 00
•
An analogous statement
o.
Let us take Fourier tran s forms in ( 12 ) :
We get
17
where
8
i s the de lta function .
¢
(1) Cv 8
Using ( 8 ' ) it now fol lows
( � -b } where one take s t \!
With no los s o f general ity we may assume that
¢ ( 1}
b=
\!
1.
There fore taking the inverse Fourier trans form we end up with Cv
\)
e ib
X
In particular hol ds thus
On the o ther hand , s ince
J cp t (-y) ( Note that n
=
1! )
-we
1
f (y) dy
t
!>(- z) f (y ) dy t
obtain using ( 13)
The p roof o f f E Bsoo is s imilar. 00
Having e s tabl i shed the propo sition it i s easy to prove the non-differentiabil ity o f the Weie rstrass function .
Take
18 thus c = av with a < 1 and ab � 1 and assume f is differentiable at some point x 0 . With no loss of generality we may assume that x 0 = 0 (by translation , if necessary) and that f ( O ) = f ' ( O ) = 0 (by subtracting a finite number of terms , if necessary ) . Thus ( 1 3 ) holds with s = 1 and in place of 0 . We conclude that av = (b - v) . But this clearly implie s ab < 1 , thus contradicting our hypothesis . Example 2 . Riemann ' s first theorem on trigonometric series . In his famous memoir on trigonometric serie s from 185 9 Riemann considered functions or , better, distributions of the form \)
o
0
f (x)
00
n=-oo
with em = 0 ( 1 ) as j m j �oo and ( for convenience ) c 0 = 0 . In order to study the summability of the serie s he considered the ( formal ) second integral F (x)
00
l:
m=- oo
(Notice that -F ' = f ( in distributional sense , of course ! ) . ) The " first theorem" referred to above now simply says in our language that F sB :oo (which is the same as the Zygmund class) . We leave the particulars of the verification to the reader.
19
Notes For a modern treatment of the variational approach to Dirichlet ' s problem see Lions [ l ] or Lion s-Magene s [ 2 ] .
;
In
partial d i f fe rential e q uations the space w {Q ) is al so o ften den oted H 1 {Q ) . One o f the c lass ical papers by Sobolev i s [3] .
See a l so his book [ 4 ] .
The first systematic treatment
o f Bpsq (Q ) of s > 0 with de fin it ions o f the type a . -e . using finite d i f fe rence s is Be sov [ 5 ] . The space s Bps q (Q ) , s f
intege r are o ften denoted by w; {Q ) , known a s Slobode cki j space s. The space s Bps oo (Q ) are o ften denote d by Hps {Q ) , known as Niko l sk space s . For other work s o f the Sovie t ( = Nikolski j ) School ( Nikol ski j , S lobodecki j , I lin , Kudrj avcev, Lizorkin , Besov,
Burenko v , etc . ) see the book by Niko l ski j [ 6 ] and also the survey articles [ 7 ] and [ 8 ] .
Somewhat outdated but s t i l l read-
able are f urther the survey article s by Magenes-Stampachia [ 9 ] and Magenes [ 1 0 ] where a lso the applications to partial dif ferential e q uations are given .
In the case p = q = 2 see Peetre
[ ll ] , Hormander [ 12 ] , Vo leviv-Pane j ah [ 1 3 ] .
The t �e atment of
nLipschitz space s " in Stein [ 14 ] , Chap . 5 i s based on Taibleson ' s approach [ 1 5 ] .
All o f the relevant works of Hardy and Littlewood
ca n be found in vol . 3 o f Hardy ' s collected works [ 1 6 ] .
In thi s
context see a lso the relevant portions of Zygmund ' s treatise [17] .
The se authors are concerned with the periodic 1-dimensional ca se ( T 1 rather than llin ) . The first systematic treatment of Be so space s using the definition with general
¢
was given in [ 18 ]
20
( c f . also [ 19 ] ) .
But the spe cial case p
=
q
=
2 appears
al re ady in Hormander ' s book [ 1 2 ] whe re a l so the Tauberian condition i s stated ( see notably op . cit . p . 4 6 ) .
The l atter
was later , apparently independently , rediscove red by H. S . Shapiro who made app l i cations of it to approximation theory ( see his lecture note s [ 2 0 ] , [ 2 1 ] ) .
The constructive charac
terization via approximation theory is uti l i zed in Niko l skij ' s book [ 7 ] .
( C f . a l so forthcoming book by Triebel [ 2 9 ] ) .
Concerning classical approximation theory see moreover e . g . Akhie ser [ 2 3 ] o r Timan [ 1 4 ] .
The characte riz ation via
interpolation originate s from Lions ( see e . g . Lion s-Pee tre [25 ] ) .
The t re atment o f the We ierstrass non-di ffe rentiable
function given here goe s back to a p aper by Freud [ 2 6 ] ( see also Kahane [ 2 7 ] ) .
Riemann ' s theory o f trigonometric seri e s
can be found in Zygmund [ 1 7 ] , chap . 9 .
Quotation :
Le s auteurs ont et e soutenus par In te rpo l . J.
Chapter
2.
L . Lions and
J.
Peetre
Pre l i minarie s on int er po l ati on spac es .
Thi s chapter i s e s sentially a digre s s ion .
We want to
give a rapid survey o f those portions o f the theory o f inte r polation space s which wil l be use d in the se q ue l . F i rs t we review howeve r some notions connected with topological vector space s . The mos t important class of topo logical vector space s are the locally convex space s .
In a locally convex space
E
there
exi s ts a base o f ne ighborhoods o f 0 consi sting o f symmetric , balance d , convex sets I , i . e . ( 1- T) U
( 1)
+
T
UC U
if
a UCU
i f J a/ .2_ 1 . and
0< T
.2_ 1 .
A subclass o f the locally conve x space s are the normed space s .
In a normed space E the topo logy come s from a norm ,
i . e . a re alvalue d functional l l x / I de fined on E such that
( 2)
// x + Y 11.2. I I x I I + I I Y I I
( triangle ine q ual ity)
( homogeneous ) / I ex I I = l c I 1 /x / I // x / I > 0 i f x 1- 0 , //OJ / = 0 ( po s itive de finite ) A complete normed space i s t .e rmed a Banach space . In the type o f analysis we are heading for , howeve r , a somewhat larger class of topo logical space s i s neede d , namely 21
22
Thi s me an s that we rep l ace
the locally q uas i - convex one s .
(1) (1
I
by
( 1-T ) U + T UC A U
)
where
A
i s a con s tant 2_
1
if 0 < ' 2 1
whi ch may depend on
U.
I n the s ame
way we arr i ve at the concept o f qu a s i -n orme d sp ace and q ua s i norm i f we rep l ace
(2 1 )
I I x + Yl l
Note that
(2 " )
(2 1 )
l l x + Yl l
<
( 2 ) by
A ( I I xl l +I I Yl l
) ( q ua s i - triangle inequal i t y )
ce rtainly ho lds true i f
<
1 < l l xl l p +I I YI I P)P
( p - t r i angle inequa l i t y )
!
-1
2 1) .
A comp l e te
q u a s i -norme d space we c a l l a q uasi-Banach space .
The q u a s i -
where
A
and p are re l ated by
A
=
2P
(0 < p
no rme d space s can a l so be chara cte r i ze d be ing local l y bounded . The dual o f a topo log i c a l ve c to r space E i s de note d by E 1 • I t always carri e s a local ly convex topo logy wh i ch i s comp a t ib le wi th the dua l i ty , fo r i n s tance the we ak topo logy or the s trong . In p articular i f E i s a q u a s i -Banach space then E '
i s a Banach
space in the strong t opo logy . We pause to give some e xamp l e s o f q uasi -Banach space s . Example l ( Lebe sgue space s ) . e q uipped with a me asure
w
.
If
Le t � be any me a sure space 0 < p<
oo
we de fine L =L W ) p p
!
23
to be the space o f
J.l
I I fl l L p
-measurable fun ct ions such that
1 p p ! I = ( Q f ( x ) l d J.l)
(with the usual interpretation i f p = 00 ) . space i f
Thi s i s a Banach
l � p � oo but only a quasi -Banach space i f
0
< p< 1. 1 = 1
Al so note that , as is wel l-known , Lp' :::Lp ' where .!. p + p' ( conj ugate e xponent ) , in the forme r case ( excluding p = while , by a theorem by Day , Lp' = 0 in ]J has atoms ) . Thus , the Hahn-Banach we see that q uasi-normed space s may
h
t e latter case theorem
00)
I
{unless
being violated,
behave quite
differently
from Banach space s . 0
Example 2 ( Lorentz space s ) . Let Q and
JJ
be as be fore .
< p , q � oo we de fine Lp = Lp (Q ) to be the space o f q q ]J-measurable fun ct ions such that If
I I fll L pq
(f;
1 1 p t * q ( t f (t) ) � )q
He re f * denote s the decreasing re arrangement o f I fl the formal analogy with the de fini tion of Be sov-space s .
Notice We
The space L i s also known as weak see that Lpp = Lp poo Lebe sgue o r Marcinkiewic z space and i s sometime s denoted by •
Lp * (or Mp ) On 1 y i f 1 < p � oo , 1 � q � oo or p = q = 1 is Lp q a Banach space . In al l o ther case s it i s a q uasi-Banach space . •
One can show that Lp' :::: Lp , , i f 1 < p < oo , l � q < oo o r P = q = 1 . q q E xa mple 3 ( Hardy space s ) . If 0 < p < oo we de fine Hp =Hp ( D ) _
_
24
to be the space o f fun c tion s D
di sc
{
=
z
I IzI
< l } C C s u c h that
u;
s up 0 < r< l If
l� p �
space .
oo
holomo rphic in the un i t
l f ( re
ie
)
l
p
d 8)
l p
H i s a Banach sp ace , o therwi se a q u a s i -Banach P
By the cl a s s i c al theo rem of M . Rie s z on con j ugate
functions we have H ' ::: H , p p
l< p <
if
oo
•
The dual o f H 1 has
re ce n t ly been iden t i fied by Fe f fe rman - S te in . 0
The dual o f
< p < 1 on the o ther h and was previou s ly de te rmined by
Duren Romberg and Shie l d s . l - l, oo L ip s ch i t z ) space B
E
I t i s e s sential ly the Be s o v ( o r •
The theory o f H
p
sp ace s has
( to
some e x ten t ) been e xtende d to seve ra l variab le s by S tein and We i s s .
I n the non-pe riodic c a se , whi ch i s the one o f inte re s t
:
n l ) t o u s , they de fine the sp ace H ( JR p
usin g a s u i t ab le
gene ra l i z ation o f the Cauchy- Riemann eq uation s . to the se space s l a te r on
( Ch ap .
11
) .
That much fo r q uas i - Ban ach sp ace s . turn to inte rpo lation sp ace s .
We re turn
We are re ady to
Ro ughly spe aking i t i s an
a ttempt to tre at var ious fami l ie s o f concre te sp ace s Be sov , Lebe sgue , Loren t z , Hardy , et c . ) view .
( p o tent i al ,
from a common point o f
To be mo re p recise l e t there be given two q ua s i -Banach
space s A0 and A1 and a Hausdo r f f topo logical ve c to r sp ace
A
and a s s ume that both A0 and A1 a re continuo u s l y embe dde d in A -+
The entity A co up l e .
=
{ A0 , A1 } w 1 l l then be te rme d a q u a s i -Banach •
We sha l l now indi cate seve ra l proce dure s wh i ch to a
•
25
given q uasi - Banach couple F(
-+A
-+
-+
A as sociate a q uasi-Banach space
) continuously embedded in
-+
A.
The dependence o f F ( A
on A wil l be o f a functorial characte r so we wil l say that -+
F ( A ) i s an inte rpo lation functor o r , by abuse o f language , inte rpo lation space . 1°
Complex space s ( Calde r on ) .
Here we have to re strict Let o < 8 < 1 .
ourselve s to the Banach case only . -+
We say
a E[ A 1 8 = [ A0 , A 1 J 8 i f and only i f the re i s an f = f ( z ) , z= x + iy , such that
that
(a)
f ( z ) i s holomorphic and bounded i n the s trip
0<x<1
with value s in A 0 + A1 with continuous boundary value s on the boundary l ine s x = 0 and x = 1 , (b) (c)
f ( iy) i s continuous and bounded with val ue s in A 0 , f ( l + i y ) i s continuous and bounded with value s in A1 ,
(d)
a = f (8 ) . -+
We e q uip [ A
le
with the norm
I I al l E xample 1 .
r
A. 1
8
, I I f ( l + iy) I I A ) . inf max ( l l f ( iy) l l Ao 1 f
We have 1 p
1 -e
Po
+
(0 < 8 < 1 ) .
Thi s i s e ssentially just a re statement o f the classical interpolation theorem o f
M.
Rie s z -Thorin ( 1 9 3 9 ) .
The main s tep
26
i n the proo f i s always the construction o f an "optima l " f . Here the fo llowing function wil l do : p ( 1- z ) f (z) Example
2.
=
Po
IaI
sgn a .
We have Pps
if s
This was al ready stated in Chap . 1 and a proo f will be given in Chap .
3.
We shall not di scus s any o f the deepe r prope rtie s of + A ] e but content ourselve s to state the following : + + Interpol ation theorem. Let A = { A O , Al } and B = { B O , B l } + + be two Banach c ouples and let T : A + B be a morphism o f couple s ( i . e . a linear mapping such that T : A0 +s 0 T : A1 +B 1 + con tinuously ) . Then T : [A] e+ [ B ] e continuous ly . Moreove r +
holds fo r the operator norms the convexity ine q ual ity
�
sup I I Ta I I I a I I Here generally spe aking I I T I I A , B A a�O + e . that [Al e i s an in terpolation space o f e xponent
We say
This is j ust a mere res tatement o f the functorial character + o f [A] e ( modulo the verification o f the convexity ine q uality ! ) .
27
We leave the details to the re ade r . 2°
Real s pa ce s (Lion s , Gagliardo ) .
the general q uasi-convex situation .
Now we can con sider
First we introduce two
auxil iary functional s , terme d the K- and the J- functional re spectively , as fol lows :
0 < t < oo, a E A 0
If
+
A1 ( l inear hul l ,
j oin ) we put +
K ( t , a ;A )
If
0 < t < oo
K ( t , a ; A0 A 1 ) =
inf a=a 0 + a 1
a E A 0 n A 1 ( in tersection , meet , pul lback ) we put
+
max ( I I a I I A , t I I a I I A 1 0
J ( t , a ; A)
They are in a sense dual to each othe r . 0
,::;,
00
Let
)
•
0 < 8 < 1,
Now we can de f ine +
a E (A) S q < =>
K( t , a ) ) q te
dt
T )
1/ q <
00
or < = > ( Banach case only) 1) or
3
u = u ( t ) ( 0 < t < oo ) :
dt ) 1/ q < oo and 2) t
dt a = fooo u ( t ) T
28
<=>
u
u \) ( \)::: 0 , � 1 ,
and
2)
s =
We e q uip
-+
(A }
00
2::
v =-
oo
+
2 , • • • ) : 1)
00
2::
\) = -
00
\) J (2 , u v ) ve 2
<
00
uv
8 q with the q uas i-norm I I a i l (A)
u;
8q
( K ( t 8, t
a) ) q
dt ) 1/q
T
::: (Banach case on ly) inf f; ( J (t U ( t ) ) ) q dt ) 1 /q t u t \) J ( 2 , a) ::: inf ( 2:: ) q ) 1/ q • \) 8 u \) = 2 1
00
00
Thus there are several de finition s :
in the Banach case three ,
in the general q uas i - Banach case only two. we s tate this as a theo rem.
For re fe rence s
These three ( tw o) de finitions are
Eq uivalence theorem. e q uivalen t .
That we have to exclude the middle de finition i n the Banach case is connected with the fact that there is no nice theory of integration of fun ctions wi th value s in a space which is not ne ce s s arily locally convex. Example 1 .
We have
L
pq
if
1 p
1 -8
Po
+
8 < pl ( 0 8
Notice that no condition is imposed on q 0 and q 1 •
<
1) .
Thus in
29
particular we have 1 p
Lp i f
1- 8 + Po
--
8 pl ( 0 < 8 < 1 ) .
This i s e ssentiall y a res tatement o f the clas si cal interThe key to those
polation theorem of Marcinkiewicz ( 19 39 ) .
re sults are certain e xplicit e xpre s sions for the K-fun ctional , the s implest of whi ch is the fo l lowing : K ( t , a ; Ll , � ) Example 2 .
Re cently Fe ffe rman , Rivie re and Sagher have
extended the above re s ults to the case o f Hp space s , and even In particular the i r Lorentz analogue s H p q 1 p
Hp i f q
8 pl ( 0 < 8 < 1)
holds . Example 3 .
I t was mentioned in Chap . 1 that Bps q
1.
f
s
=
( 1 -8 ) s + 8 s o l
(0 < 8 < 1)
I t i s also possib le t o show that Bpsq i f s
(0 < 8 < 1) .
30
The proo fs wil l be found in Chap . 3 . Th is example i s e ssentially a simpler special 0 case of the pre ce ding one . Let c be the space o f continuous Example
4.
bounded functions in
I I al l and let
C
lR
=
(
--oo , oo
)
, with the norm
sup I a ( x ) I
co
1
be the space o f function s whose first derivative 0 exists and belongs to c , with
I I al l
c
sup I a ' (x) I
1
( He re we are cheating a l ittle bit , since this become s a true norm only after identi fication of functions which diffe r by a constant. )
Then (C
0
1
c
1
)
eoo
(o < e < 1)
holds , where Lip
i s the space o f functions satis fying a 6 Lips chitz (Holde r ) condition of exponent e , with the norm sup l a ( x ) - a ( y ) I I x - Yl 6 Thi s fol lows at once from the fol lowing expre ssion for the K - funct ional :
31
K ( t , a ; c 0 c 1 ) ::::
w
( t , a) = sup I a ( x+h ) -a ( x ) l I h l 2t
( modulus of continuity)
Because i t i s so s imple and because the argument i s typical for seve ral of the fol lowing proofs we will for the reader's bene fit di splay a detailed We have the fo l lowing two obvious
Eas y side .
Proo f : e stimate s
If
w
( t , a ) < 2 sup I a ( x) I = 2 I I a I I 0 c
w
( t , a) 2 t
sup I a ' ( x ) I < 2 t I I a I I 1 c
a = a 0 + a1 then fo l lows
Taking the
inf
we thus get w
( t , a ) 2 2 K ( t , a) .
a = a 0 +a1 whi ch i s , i f not optimal , at least "approximate l y " optimal . Hard (er) s ide .
We mus t find a decompos i ti on
We choose a 0 (x)
•
l(X)
...
t
.!_ t J0 a ( x+y ) dy ,
32
We then have
� f:
( a (x ) - a (x a(x
a1' ( x )
+
+
y) ) dy
t ) - a (x) t
whi ch clearly yields I I a0 I I 0 c
I I al I I 1 c
<
w
< t, a>
< W( t , a)
t
Thus we end up with K(t,a)
<
-
I I a0 I I 0 c
+
t I I a1 I I 1 c
.2. 2
w
( t , a) .
The proo f i s complete . Remark .
The above can be general ized to the fo l lowing
more general situation A0 A1
= =
E =
D ( A)
any Banach space , =
the domain of the in finite simal ge ne rator
33
o f a semigroup o f uniformly bounded operator s G (t ) i n
E;
i . e . we have
G ( s ) , G ( t ) -rid
G ( t+a ) = G ( t )
s trongly as t-rO ,
G ( t ) a-a i f a € D (A ) . ! I G ( t ) I I < C , Aa = l im t t+O Now we can prove (3)
K ( t , a) :::
sup i ! G ( s ) a-a l l . 0 < s �t
If we also impose the fol lowing additional re q uirement t i l G ( t ) Aa l l � C , which in particular impl ie s that G ( t ) i s a ho lomorphic semigro up , we can al so prove that K ( t , a ) :::
sup 0 < s �t
s I IG ( s ) A a I I
The detail s are le ft fo� the reader .
Thi s perhaps helps the
reade r to under s tand why the various de finition s of Be sov space s in Chap . 1 , unde r the headings a . - j . , are e quivalen t . I n Chap . 8 we shal l howeve r , give a di ffe rent ( equivalence )
34
proo f. We no·w list some auxil iary properti.t! s of the space s +
(A t
q
•
First we have an
Interpolation theorem.
Analogous to the inte rpolation
theorem in the complex case . We al so compare the re al and the complex space s . Comparison theorem. +
C A) e 1
C
(Banach case only)
+
+
[Al e c (A) e oo
CO <
e
<
•
We have
1) .
A particular instance o f it is the re l ation ( see Chap . 1 ) :
1)
Proof (out line ) : the
repre sentation
+
Let
a E (A) 8 1
•
Then
a
admits
u ( t) dt . with a sui table u . We T a = f ( e ) wi th a holomorphic f s imply
a =
!00 0
obtain a repre sentation by taking
+
It fo llows that a E [Al e
whi ch i s a k ind of Mel lin transform. 2)
Let
+
a E [Al e
Then
•
a = f ( e ) with f holomorphi c . K ( t , f ( iy) )
<
a
admits a repre sentation
Obviously we have
l l f ( iy) I I A0,:s
c
•
35
K ( t , f ( l+i y) )
�
t iif ( l +iy) II A � C t 1
Thus the three l ine theore m , usually name d afte r Doetsch , but real ly due to Linde lo f , I have been to ld , yields K (t, f (8) )
K ( t , a) and we have
-+
a E (A) 8 00
�c
t
8
The proof i s complete .
We al so mention anothe r Comparis on theorem. -+
( A) 8 q
1
C
We have
-+
(A) 8 q
if
2
In parti cular we see that
The mos t important re sult of real interpo lation is howe ve r the fol lowing : Re iteration theorem.
Let
-+
X
{ X0 , x 1 } be any q uasi-
Banach couple such that -+
-+
( A) e . q . cx i C ( A) e . oo l
l
for some q 0 and q 1 > 0 but that
l
( i= O , l) Then it fo llows
36
+
(A) e q i f e = (l - n) e0
n e1 ( o < n < 1 ) .
+
This explains why in examples 1-3 we need not impose any conditions on q 0 and q 1 . Finally we mention the following powerful Duality theorem. (Banach case only) Assume that A0 (') A1 is dense in both A0 and A1 • Then •
holds. This contains in particular the result concerning the dual o f Lorentz space . We also get ( Bpsq )
I
�
Bp-si , q if 1 � p < I
oo
1�q <
oo
Indeed we use the duality theorem along with the fact that ( Pps
)
1
::::
p
-s p if 1
1
�p <
00
(One can also determine the dual when 0 < q < 1 . In the Besov case one finds : ( Bpsq )
I
� �
Bp-si , oo i f 1 � p <
oo
, 0
37
We conclude thi s chapter b y giving some applications whi ch are intended to di splay the power of the technique o f inte rpo lation space s .
a
I - where we res trict our-
We cons i de r the potentials 0 <
selve s to the case
a
In Chap . 1 they were de fined
using the Fourie r tran s fo rm .
Howeve r , i t is al so po s sible
to de fine them as ce rtain convo lution s . I where
c
-a
I x-y I
f (x) = c
a-n f (y ) dy
i s a cons tant e xpre ssible in
fol lowing holds true . Thea rem 1 .
We have
I -a
Inde e d
Lp+Lq
r
factors .
i f q1 = p1
I t implies the fo llowing
�P
The a
n'
1 < p < na
i f .!_ .!_ - � ' 1 < p < !!, n q = P k Indeed thi s i s preci sely the Sobolev Embedding theorem
Coro llary .
We have
+L q
( Chap . 1 ) , e xcept that we cannot capture the case
p = 1 in
thi s way . Proo f o f coro l l ary :
For simplicity let us take k
We start wi th the fo llowing Fourie r tran sform i dentity f
n l: j=l
Taking the inve rse Fourie r tran s fo rm we ge t f
n l: j =l
a.* D . f J
J
1.
·
38
- i � j 1 1 � 1 2 • The important point is that one < C l x l 1 -n There fore one gets
where has
l f l < C I -l l grad f l
=
c l x l l -n * l grad f l
Let now f e: Wp1 Then j grad f I e: Lp by definition and f e:Lq by th. 1 where � = p1 - n1 . The proof i s complete . Proof o f th. 1 : The proof goes via O ' Neil ' s inequality stated below. Indeed it is readily checked that l x I a-n E:L p oo if (n- a) p = n . There fore lx I a-n * f ELq if 1 1 a 1 -1 + -l - l or, after elimination o f if q p p q p n There remains O ' Neil ' s inequality. a e:L p oo' f E:Lp => a * f ELq i f 1 -1 -l -1 , 1 < p < 1 < < oo . q p p This more recent result should be compared with the classical Young' s inequality. aE:L p , fE:Lp=> a * f E: Lp i f 1 q p.!:.. + .!:..p - 1 , l =< p =< p ' , l =< p < oo For the proof of O ' Neil ' s ineq uality ( the proof of Young ' s inequality is similar using Riesz-Thorin) we consider Then we have the mapping T : f->a * f where a e: L p oo •
P,
=
+
T: L1 -+ L p oo T : L p' l -+L oo
P
' ,
P
(by Minkowsky ' s inequality) ,
(by the fact that L 'p 1 L p oo By interpolation we then get �
)
•
39
T : ( L1 , L , l ) r p 8
-+
( L oo , L ) r • 8 p 00
But Lpr i f 1p
( Ll , L ' l ) r 8 p ( L oo ' Loo ) 8 r p
=
L
1 qr i f q
Elimination o f 8 give s pre ci sely
1- - 8 8 1 + PT , 1-8 p 1 p
1 q
+
-8
00
1 p - l.
+
Thus we have T : Lpr -+ L qr =
r and notice that Lpp
Final ly we take p
Lp ' L CL q whi ch qp
yields
We are through . Next we conside r , takin g n Hf ( x )
=
1
X
*
f (x)
=
=
1 , the Hilbert trans form
f ( �-y) dy p.v. �
=
s
l im -+o
f
IY 1 2:E:
f (x-y) dy y
where the inte gral thus i s a principal value ( p . v. ) in the sense o f Cauchy.
Notice that
40
i sgn t;, f ( t;,) "'
In the case o f T1 ( the periodic case ) thi s i s the operation which to a function , given by the boundary value s o f a harmonic function in the unit disc D, assign s the conj ugate fun ction . The fo llowing cla s s i cal re sul t holds true . H : Lip s -+ Lip s , O < s < l . Later on we shal l prove much more general resul t s { for Theorem 2 .
We have
arbitrary r , general Be sov space s and general convolution operators ) . Proo f of th. 2 : H \)f { x )
We e xpre s s H as a sum H = J
IV
00
L:
V = - oo
H v where
f { x-y ) d y , y
( Th i s amounts to about the s ame a s taking princip a l value s ! ) We write now y) dy H vf ( x ) = !I f ( yx\)
!I f ( x-y)y - f ( x ) dy \)
\) l y) dy - f ( x-2v + ) + f ( x-2 ) f (xDH vf ( x ) = - !I 2 \) 2 v +l \) y 2
+
v f ( x+2 ) = 2
This give s the e stimate s
Df ( x-y ) dy . y
+
41
or
v c 2 l it I I 1 c
or
c
l it I I 1 c
or in terms o f the J-functional J (2
v
1
Hv f ) <
c
I I f I I 0 or c 2 I I t I I 1 c v
c
I f we apply thi s to an arbitrary de compos ition
f = £ 0 + £1 we can al so write thi s in terms o f the K- functional : J(2
\)
1
\) Hv f ) < C K ( 2 , f )
\) f E Lip s , be cause Lip s = ( C 0 , c 1 ) e s ' we have K ( 2 , f) � c 2 v s v and thus J ( 2 , H v f ) � C 2 v s . Now re cal l that H f = IH v f . Using again Lip s = (C 0 , c 1 ) s and the second o f the e q uivalent 8
If
de finitions using the J- functional , we thus concl ude The p roo f i s complete .
42
Notes Concerning topological ve ctor space s see the
book by
Kothe [ 2 8 ] which also contains a bri e f treatment of locall y bounded space s .
Concerning the dual o f Lp in the q Banach case see Haaker [ 2 9 ] where a short proof o f theorem also i s indicated.
Cwikel [ 31 ] .
quasi Day ' s
See al so Cwike l-Sagher [ 3 0 ] ,
For Lo rentz space in general there i s the ex-
cel lent survey article by Hunt [ 3 2 ] .
The classical theory of
Hp space s can be found in Duren ' s book [ 3 3 ] .
The dual of
0
Hp ( D ) i f
was determined b y Duren-Romberg- Shields [ 34 ] . The ir re sult was extende d to the case o f Hp ( lR n+ + l ) by Wal sh [ 35 ] . The dual o f H 1 ( lR � + l ) was determined by Fe ffe rman ( The case o f H 1 ( D) i s o f course imp l i citly contained there in . ) For an introduction
and S te in in thei r fundamental work [ 36 ] .
to Hp space s of seve ral variables see Ste in-We i s s [ 3 7 ] , Chap . 3 or Stein [ 14 ] , Chap . 7 . For
a
more de tailed treatment o f interpolation space s
we re fe r to Chap . 3 of the book by Butzer-Berens [ 3 8 ] . Seve ral other books deal ing with interpol at ion spaces are now in preparation , by Bergh-Lofstrom [ 3 9 ] , by Krein-Petunin-Semenov [ 4 0 ] , by Triebel [ 2 2 ] etc .
Then we shall content ourse lve s with
j ust a sketch of the hi storical development of the theory .
F ir st
-
o f a l l , a discussion of the cla s s i ca l interpolation theorems of ( M . Rie sz - ) Thor in and Marc inkiewicz can be found in Chap . 12 of Zygmund ' s treati se [ 1 7 ] .
The abstract theory of interpo lation
space s wa s created around 1 9 6 0 by Lions , Gagliardo , Calderon ,
43
Krein and others . Calde ron [ 4 1 ] .
The complex spaces are s tudied in
The real space s are s tudied in Lions-Peetre
[ 2 5 ] and in the pre sent form - with explicit men tion o f K ( t , a ) and J ( t , a ) - in Peetre [ 4 2 ] .
The extens ion to the
quas i-Banach case come s late r .
See Kree [ 4 3 ] , Holmstedt [ 4 4 ] ,
Sagher [ 4 5 ] , Pee tre -Sparr [ 4 6 ] .
In the latte r work it i s not
even as sumed that the space s are ve ctor space s , i . e . the additive structure alone enters .
Conce rn ing integration in
quasi -Banach space s , see Peetre [ 4 7 ] and the works q uoted there .
Concerning inte rpolation of Hp space s see Fe ffe rman S te in [ 36 ] , Riviere - Sagher [ 4 8 ] , Fe f fe rman-Riviere - Sagher [ 4 9 ] . Compare with the class i cal treatment in [ 1 7 ] , Chap . 1 2 .
More
pre cise re sults conce rning the compari son o f the complex and the real space s can be found in Pee tre [ S O ] , [ 5 1 ] .
In the
latte r paper the re i s al so mentione d a third type o f inte rpolation method which somehow lie s in between the re al and the complex. Concerning the dual o f Bpsq when 0 < q < 1 ( o r q =00 ) see Peetre [ 5 2 ] . See also Flett [ 5 3 ] . The present treatment o f O ' Ne i l ' s inequal ity [ 5 4 ] can be found in Peetre [ 5 5 ] .
See
al so Pee t re [ 5 6 ] where the same type of techni q ue is applied to general integral operators whi ch need not be translation invariant.
For Young ' s ine qual ity ( via Thorin ' s theorem) see
[ 1 7 ] , Chap . 1 2 .
The re sult on Rie s z po tential s ( th . 1 ) i s
due to Sobo lev [ 3 ] but was late r independently redis cove re d by Thorin [ 5 7 ] . In the case o f T 1 i t stems from Hardy and Littlewood ( see [ 1 7 ] , Chap . 12 and Hardy [ 1 6 ] ) .
The treatment
of the Hilbert trans form is likewise taken from [ 5 5 ] .
44
Quotation :
The sphere i s the mos t uniform of solid bodies Origen, one of the Fathers of the Church , taught that the blessed would come back to life in the form of sphere s and would enter rolling into heaven J . L . Borge s "The Book o f Imaginary Beings" De finition and basic propertie s o f Besov space s . •
•
•
•
Chapter
3.
Now we are ready to embark on a more systematic study of Besov spaces . First we collect for reference some basic facts concerning tempered distributions and Fourier transforms which we have already freely made use of in the preceding. Let S be the space o f rapidly decreasing functions , i . e . f E S <=> for all multi-indice s a, S , x s D f (x) = 0 ( 1 ) as x -+ oo If we e q uip i t with the family of semi-norms a
sup X S becomes a Frechet space . Obviously S is stable for derivation and multiplication with coordinates : for all a , S f E S = > x 13 o f E S and these are , moreover, continuous a operations . The dual space S' = S ' ( JRn) is called the space of tempered distributions . By abuse of notation the duality between s • and S i s generally written as an integral : < f , g> e . g. if
8
f n f ( X ) g ( X) dX i f f E S JR
1 1
g ES
is the "de lta function" then we have
•
I I '
45
= g ( O ) = JlRo ( x ) g ( x ) dx By duality D and
v.
extend to
if
g E:
s
S' .
In dealing with the Fourier trans form it i s often convenient to have in mind two space s lRn , one " latin " space lRn = lRnX with the gene ral e lement
x = (x 1 , . . . , xn ) and the dual " greek " space with the general element � = ( � 1 , , � n ) , the dual ity
R�
•
•
•
+ x n E;, n . Thi s i s al so natural from the point o f view of phys ics where x o ften is " time " ( se c ) and t;, " fre quency" ( se c - 1 ) so that x E;, i s " dimensionle s s " . I f f E:
s
= S X its Fourier trans form is an e lement
given by
A
That
J n e -ixE;, f ( x ) dx . ::IR X
Ff ( t;, )
f ( t;, A
f E: S t;, can be seen from the basi c formulas ( i t;, ) f . a
( D af )
(1)
(x s f )
(2)
( - iD
E;,
) S Ff .
More gene rally (1' )
F (a
(2 ' )
F (b f )
*
f)
Fa F f , 1
Fb
*
Ff,
A
f = Ff of
46
under suitable assumption on a and b. We will also need the formula "'
f ( t t;, ) where
(3)
The inverse Fourier trans form is given by
This Fourier inversion formula has as a simple conseq uence Plancherel ' s formula ( for S ) : J
2 n I f ( x) I dx
JR. X
1
Since F and F -l are continuous operations F : Sx + St;, , F - 1 : S t;, + Sx , they extend the duality to tempered distributions S ' . Formulas ( 1) and ( 2 ) (or ( 1 ' ) and ( 2 ' ) remain valid for tempered distributions . Remark. Using instead duality and Plancherel ' s formula , F has an extension to an (essentially) isometric mapping F : L2 L2 • This is the classical Plancherel ' s theorem in modern language . We have also F : L1 + L oo or even r : L1 + c 0 ( the space o f continuouiil functions tending to 0 at oo ) which is Riemann-Lebesgue ' s lemma. By interpolation we get F : Lp+ Lp ' or even F : Lp + Lp ' p if 1 < p < 2 . These are the theorems of Hausdorff-Young and Paley. -+
47
If
f
i s a function o r a ( tempe red) distribution we
denote i t s support by supp f , i . e . the smal le s t closed set such that
f
van i she s in the complement .
more to a phys ical language supp
A
f
con s i s ts o f those
fre q uenc ie s whi ch are neede d to build up b ination s o f characters e ix s
f
from l inear com-
•
:
that
Appealing once
Now let {
V cj>v(S) 'I 0 i f f E;,s int 1\ whe re 1\= {2V-1� I s I �2 +l }
(5)
( Tauberian condit ion ) v
v
1 _:_cs>o i f s;s�s={(2-s)-1 2 .::_lsiS2-€)2
(6)
l;v(O
(7)
v S I o6¢v ( 01 � c 2- I I 6
S
for e ve ry
Sometime s we shal l al so re q uire that 1
(8) Let al so
cil
be
an
(9)
cp €
(10)
�(0
( or
00
L: -oo
o
(x) )
auxil iary " te s t funct ion " such that s
'I 0
if
E;, s int K , whe re
K ={lsi �1}
( Tauberian condition )
48
( 11 )
I � I
> cs >
o if
t,; s
K
€
Example 1 . I f ¢ i s any function in s with supp = RO ' I I .:. c s > o if t,; s Ro € then we can define v by v � ( f,; /2 ) . If we in addition assume that > (E,; ) > 0 v ( E,;) then we get ( 8 ) , upon replacing v (f,; ) by A
A
I
=
A
if necessary. In this case we can take l:
-1
v=
- oo
A
> < U . v
This special type of test function , we encountered already in Chap . 1 , except that there we used a discrete parameter t ( roughly t ::: 2 - v ) We are now in a position to formulate our basic definitions Then Definition 1 . Let s be real , 1 � p � oo , 0 < q � oo we set •
•
{fl f
s
S' <
&
(Besov sp ace ) This space we e q uip with the ( quasi-) norm
00
}
49
Some words o f explanations are in orde r here . Compared with Chap . 1 two changes have been made . Firstly , the parameter q has 0 < q < 1 included in the range . Thi s means Bpsq is not always a Banach space . Secondly , as already noted , we used the discrete parameter V ( V = 0 , � 1 , � 2 , ) instead of the continuous one t ( O < t < oo). That we neve rtheless obtain the same space s at least if 1 � q � oo will be clear later on . It will be al so proven in due course that the definition is independent of the particular test functions {¢v} �=-oo and Finally as was already said in Chap . 1 we usual ly do the calculations "in base 2 " . It is clear that 2 can be replaced by any number b > l . Definition 2 . Let s real , 1 � P � oo Then we set (with J �) •
•
•
•
=
{ f If
s
S'
(potential space ) This space we e q uip with the norm IIf II
pps
= I IJs f I IL
p
& II
Js f I I L
p
< oo }
50
This is exactly as in Chap . 1 . Example 2 . If f o (delta function) , so that then we have n 00 ' 1 1) .!. + f s Bp p (p p' ::
"
f
:;:
1,
and this is the bes t result in the sense that f � Bp-sq if n s > - p� ' or s - p' q < 00 In fact we have
I
We have also (Use ( 2 ) and ( 7 ) to estimate n but it is not possible to make as strong a coni f s < - p' elusion as in the Besov case . Example 3 . More generally , if f ( � ) :: l � l -0 in a neighborhood of oo and i s C00 elsewhere then f s Bp 0 -n/p ' ' oo and this is again best possible in an analogous sense . Example 4 . More generally if in a neighborhood of oo and C00 elsewhere then f s Bp0 -n/p ' ,q if q > .!. T
•
It is often convenient and sometimes even nece ssary to work with "homogeneous". ( q uasi- ) norms ( i . e . homogeneous with respect to dilations , or in D) . We there fore also de fine the following modified spaces .
51 De f inition 1 .
We set
Thi s space we e q uip with the ( quas i - ) norm 00
2:
V =-co De fini t ion 2 .
We set (with
I
r-IS:)
{ f/f E S' & / /I s f //L p
<
00
}
Thi s space we e q uip with the norm
He re ari se s howeve r a certain comp li cation .
Namely they
are not true ( q uasi - ) norms since they are not pos i tive de finite ( indeed / /f// .s q= O f i s a polynomial ) . The same phenomena Bp we encoun te red alre ady in Chap . 2 in connection with the e xample with Lip s . Al so I s f cannot be de fined for al l f E S . Indeed we would l ike to have I s f ([;) =/ E; / s 1 ([;) as in the But the fact that [; = 0 i s a s ingularity i f s 0 case of Js •
<
i s an obstacle . The remedy for all thi s is to do the calcul us modulo polynomial s , of degree < d , where d is a suitab le n umber .
Let us
52
give a complete analysis of the situation . For simplicity and with no essential loss of generality we may assume that ( 8 ) i s valid. Let us consider the doubly infinite series 00
V =�oo
v * f.
It is easy to see that one half of it, namely the series 00
V=L: O
<j>
f
V*
converges weakly in S ' for any f s S' , for the Fourier transformed series
does so. Indeed we have an estimate of the type I f f ( � ) g ( O d� l
L:
l a l� m , I B I� m
_,
! l � l l o 8 g ( O i d� if gs S
Applying this to v ( �) g ( �) and forming the sum we readily obtain the convergence o f
Indeed it turns out that each term is
- VA )
0 (2
with A
>
0.
The
53
hal f o f our se rie s -1 E \) =-
00
\)
*
f
cause s much more trouble . if
s > O and
= 0 if
1 i f n = 1 and f (s ) = -
E.g.
.;
I t i s how-
s < O i t i s not conve rgent .
eve r true that the derive d seri e s 00
\)
S ' i f I a I i s sufficientl y large
converge s in I a I � d.
= --00 1
say
1
if
To see thi s we use the above e stimate in the case o f
the serie s
A
( The term factor k i l l s
A
alone give s d > B!)
B if
0 ( 2V
B) wi th
B > 0 but the extra
The conve rgence o f the de rived
serie s i s however e q uivalent to the existence of se q uence { PN } �=l
o f polynomials of de gree < d such that 00
E v =-N converge s in
S ' as N
\)
*
+ oo
verge s modulo polynomial s . from
f
f •
-
In other words the se rie s conI t i s clear that the l imit di ffers
by a distribution with
A
supp f = { O }
1
in o ther words
54
a polynomial . To summarize we have thus shown that each f E: S ' has the representation f
00
L:
v = - oo +
¢v *
f (modulo polynomial)
polynomial.
We want however to say a little bit more about how big the number d must be . First we state the following lemma that will do us great service in what follows too . Lemma l . Let f E: s• with supp f K ( r ) = { I � I � r } Then holds n (pl •
(12)
(13) holds
Assume that supp f (13
I
R (r )
r
<
I � I <2 r}
•
Then
)
If r > l we can as well substitute J for I . Remark . I f f E: S . to say that supp f is compact is by the Paley-Wiener theorem the same as to say that f is an entire function of exponential type . We see therefore that ( 1 3 ) is nothing but Bernstein ' s famous ine q uality ( first stated '
55
for
T1 and trigonometric po lynomial s ) . Proo f :
S ince eve rything i s homogeneous in r we may as
wel l take
r = 1.
(Al so it would have been sufficient to
prove ( 12 ) for p 1 = oo , for in view o f Holder ' s ine q ual ity we have -
1-8 p
+
�
.
00
)
A
Now let ¢ be any function in S with supp ¢ compact and � ( �) = 1 holds .
if
� E: K ( l ) ( =K 0 ) .
Then the i dentity
f = ¢* f
Using Young ' s ine q ual ity ( see Chap . 2 ) we now get =
Thi s fini she s the proo f o f ( 12 ) . identity
D
a
f =
D
a
and we are through .
¢* f .
c
1 p
I I fi lL p
+
'P"
1 -1 .
To prove ( 13 ) we use the
Minkowsky ' s inequality then yie lds
The proof o f ( 1 3 ' ) goe s along similar
l ine s . Let now f b e a di s tribution which ful f i ls in de f . 1 .
Then holds in particular
by ( 12 ) (with p l see that i f s < � p
the condi tion = 0 ( 2 - vs ) or
I l ¢v * f l I L n -� ) P v ( ) . We there fore P oo ) i l ¢ v * f i i L oo= 0(2 our seri e s conve rge s i n L and s o i n S' . ;:>
00
A similar argument shows that thi s i s true al so i f
56
n s = p , q ;;; 1 .
Wi th the he lp o f
(13)
(with p = oo ) we can
extend thi s argument to the derive d serie s . We find that it converge s in S ' i f l a l ,2: d and s < d + pn or s = d + p!!. q �1 . Thus to summarize the s i tuation I l f l I s q become s a true B p ( q uas i - ) norm i f , with d as above , we agree to do the calcul ations modulo polynomia l s of degree
>
time polynomial s o f degree f
s
< d , e xcluding at the s ame
d.
We can now a l s o give a pre ci se de finition o f S ' w e de fine I s f b y the formula
Is .
If
(modulo polynomial s ) Each term i s here uni q ue ly de fine d (by the re q uirement that its Fourier trans form should be l � l s ¢v f) but the sum is determined only up to a polynomial . To s ay that fs P s i s thus interpreted so that there exists 00
v =-oo
Da I s (
cp
v *f)
-+
Da
g
g s Lp such that as N
-+
oo
•
we agree to adopt the s ame identification convention for :P s as for :B s q . p p s sq s is The connection betwee n Bp q and :Bp ( or Pp and sq sq al so apparent now. Namely i f f s Bp or f € Bp then we have
f>;)
57
Now by the above remark
* f
i s an entire fun ction of
e xponential type ( � 1 ) , thus in particular c In other words the di stributions in B s q and B s q have the s ame local p p regularity prope rtie s . In what fol lows we shal l mos tly work with B ps q but many of the proofs are valid for ( Re ade rs should check thi s point e ach time ! ) counter Bps q and not
00
In the appl i cations we will often en-
We also indicate two more generali z ations of Pps
;
B q and
First we notice that in the definition s the unde rlying space Lp = Lp ( ffin ) coul d be replaced by any trans lation invariant Banach space of fun ctions or distributions X. ( Such •
space s are sometime s termed homogeneous . ) For the new spaces we sugge s t the fol lowing notation : B s q x , P s X . We may al so introduce analogous Sobolev space s WkX . In the s ame way we use B s q x , P s X , �X . Example 5 .
If
X
L we are back in the old case . p
we have :
Example 6 .
If X
L
pr ( Lorentz space ) we also write =
P s Lpr
Thus
58 The se spaces we may call Lorentz Besov, Lorentz potential , Lorentz - Sovolev spaces . Example 7 . Another important case i s ( i . e . f E: F-l Lp <= > f E: Lp ) • The space s are s q related to certain space s Kp 1' ntro d uce d b y Beurl1ng and Herz . The precise relation is ·
F -1 Kps q or Secondly we notice that if � is any q uasi - Banach space of se q uences then we may replace the defining condition by
We then obtain space which might be denoted by B �X ( and analogously B � in the homogeneous case ) . Clearly we get B � = B sq x if � = £sq where a = { a v } � =O E: iff � (2\! s I a ) ) q ) l / q < oo. Such space s were introduced by v=O Calderon . We shall not consider this generalization here . on the other hand the spaces B sq x even in a more general , abstract form will be discussed in Chap . 10 . Now, all definitions being made , we can start our study of Besov spaces . We begin with a completeness result. Theorem l. If l ,�: q � oo B� q is a Banach space , if sq . 0
59
First we prove a use ful technical lemma .
g E V ' F;, ( the space o f all di stributions (not tempe re d ) in lRn F;, ) De fine fv and F by fv = ¢v g and F = g . As sume that Lemma 2.
Let
A
•
+
( 14 )
g E S F;, )
Proo f :
l:
v=O A
f = g . ( In particular thi s
•
It i s clear
We may assume that ( 8 ) i s valid .
F ES' .
that
00
fs Bps q such that
Then the re e xists holds for
(
00
We shal l prove that the se rie s
conve rge s in
S'.
I f the sum i s denoted by f ' and i f we put
f = F + f ' 1 then i t fol lows that * f = F so that f E Bps q I t is also clear that f = g 1 because o f condition l: in S ' on the f To e stablish the conve rgence o f (5 ) V = l \! Z I -0 f other hand i t suffice s to prove the conve rgence of \) =1 for cr sufficiently large . To do thi s we use (12) and in L A
•
00
•
00
( 13 ' ) o f Lemma 1 to conclude that <
<
c
2
n p
- cr
)
I I f \) I l L � p
c
2
v(
I t i s now clear that the serie s converge s in n - s.
cr> P
n
P - cr L
00
s)
if
We al so take thi s opportun i ty to mention the fol lowing
use£ul characteri zation of
60
Le1Tli\1a 2 ' Let { fv } � =l be a se q uence and F a member of s • such that supp f C R , and supp F C K and assume that (14 ) v v holds true . Then the series L:=l fv converges in Let f ' be its sum and define f = F + f ' . Then f Bpsq Conversely every ft.: Bpsq can be obtained in such a manner . Proof : The direct part can be proved along lines similar to the proof of Lemma 2 (or using it) . For the converse it suffices to take fv =
00
\)
E:
S• . •
iP
Then
i s complete , thus q uasi-Banach, i ff every series is convergent in E . The L: 1 such that i=l proof is the same as for the normed space , in which case we of course can allow ourselve s to take p = l . Now finally to the Proof of Th . l . Bps q is p -normable if P = min ( q , l ) . Let L: f 1. be a series in Bpsq such that i=l 00
E
x .
00
00
L:
i=l
j j f 1. j j p
Bpsq
< oo
61
We shal l show that i t converge s in f E: Bps q and that (15 )
II f I I s q � B
p
<
S • to some e lement
11 IIf.1 I I P q ) P 'I � i=l B
•
()()
E f; and letting i=M -'M -+ oo we see that the se rie s in fact conve rge s to f in Bps q
Applying the same e s timate to the " tai l "
•
To establ i sh ( 1 5 ) we first observe that for e ach v the se ries ()()
()()
E
.
•
A
"'
supp FC K .
Also i t i s e a sy to see that +
(
()()
2:
V =Q
Using Lemma 2 we see that
fE: Bps q and ( 15 ) fol l ows .
Next we cons ider various compari son (embedding) theorems . First we compare B ps q with S and S' which i s a rather trivial matter . Theorem 2. We have a ( continuous ) embedding S -+ B�q · Al so S i s dense in Bps q i f p , q < oo. Consider f v = � v * f . Then by ( 7 ) Proo f : Le t f E: S for any o , IDS f v ( .;) 12.c i � I - I SI- o holds .
o r , for any k ,
Using (2) we find
62
i
f v (x) i .:S.-
C
2v (n-o ) / ( 1
+
( 2v l x l ) k
It follows that I I fv I I L � p
C
1 2v (n ( l- p-) -O )
Taking sufficiently large we see that f E: B=q for any s , p , q . The continuity of the embedding follows readily from the above estimate s . To prove the density of S i t suffice s to remark that if q < co the subspace of those f in Bps q such that supp f i s compact certainly is dense in Bps q , i . e . the exponential functions . I f suffice s now to invoke the classical fact that if p < co the exponential functions are dense in Lp (non-periodic analogue of the Weierstrass approxi mation theorem) . The proof is complete . Theorem 3 . We have an embedding Bps q S ' . Proof: Only the continuity has to be verified. To this end it suffice s to remark that if f EBps q then is sufficiently large (more precise result will be given in a moment ! ) and that this corre spondence is a continuous one . For the embedding L S ' i s apparently a continuous one . Next we compare Besov spaces with the same p . Theorem 4 . We have the embedding o
A
-r
co
-r
if s 1 < s or
63
Bpsl -+ pps -+ Bpsao . I f s k integer > 0 then oo Bpk l -+ �p -+ Bpk Moreove r �p = Ppk i f 1 < p < oo (or k =
Al so
Proo f :
=
0) .
As was already stated in Chap . 2 , thi s can be
prove d using interpolation and the theorem below. dire ct proof re sul ts e a s i l y i f we notice that nSq N
Howeve r a s q C n l l N
under the said condition s relating the parameters . The proof o f the s tatement invo lving Pps is left to the reade r . The proo f o f the last s tatement concerning Wpk wil l be po stponed to Chap . 4 .
I t i s based on the Mihklin mul tipl ie r theorem.
Much more interesting i s the fol lowing Theorem 5 (Be sov embedding theorem) . We have the ems q bedding Bps q -+ Bp 1 provided l Proo f : After al l the se preparations , the proof can almost be reduced to a trivial ity .
Then by
Let
( 12 ) o f Lemma 1
in the said conditions on the parameters .
for any
p1� p
Since clearly s q The proof i s f�::Bp l l
we see that
•
For comparison we write down the corre sponding result for potential space s . Theorem 6 (po tent ial embedding theorem) . We have the s p s 5 s 1 = pn - s , B p l provide d � embe dding P p -+ Pp l p l l l -
64 p 1 > p , s 1 < s and 1 < p < oo . It admits the following immediate Corollary ( Sobolev embedding theorem) . We have �p + Lp np - k , p 2:, p , k integer 2:,0 and l < p < oo . l provided 1 Remark . As we know the corollary remains true for p = 1 too but this calls for a special proof (c. f . Chap . 1 ) . Before proving Thm. 6 we first settle the q uestion of real interpolating Besov and potential spaces , for the proof re quires interpolation . The result is already known to us from Chap . 2 . Theorem 7 . We have Bpsq i f s
=
It has several important corollaries Corollary 1 . We have
Proo f : use the reiteration theorem (Chap. 2 ) . Corollary 2 . Bps q does not depend on {
-
•
65 00
Bps q i s invariant for a local c coordinates ( in JRnX ) Corollary 4 .
change o f
•
He re come s the
Proo f o f th . 7 :
Let
By ( 1 31) o f Lemma 1 (with
J in place o f I ) and Minkowsky ' s ine q uality we have (16)
I l L � C 2 - V s iiJ s (
I I
( The e stimate ! I
1L � p s £1 I I p l p
Taking the in f ove r al l such de compo s ition s we get
In a s im ilar way we obtain
By
66 Hence + (
00
\)
l:
=1
Since , generally speaking , K ( t , a) < max ( 1 , ts ) K ( s , a ) , -
because K (t , a ) is a concave function of a , we see that the last expression e ffective ly can be estimated by 00
dt ) 1 /q = c l l f l l s C ( 0f ( t - e K (t , f ) ) q T (Pp 0 s s Thus we have proven (Pp 0 ' Pp 1 ) 8 q C Bps q . With no loss of For the converse inclusion let generali ty assume that ( 7 ) holds true . Using again ( 16 ) we obtain W@ may
We have likewise the estimate
s J ( l cp * f ; pp o I
67
sl p _:s_ c I I cp * f I I L p )p
I
00
E ¢ * f the e q uivalen ce theorem yie lds + Since V =l V s f E: ( Pp 0, The proo f is comple te . thus proving ::l We still have to prove th . 6 . I t i s howeve r convenient •
to in sert he re the fo llowing re sult which has been more or l e s s imp l i ci t in the pre ce ding discussion . Theorem 8 . For any n we h ave an i somorphi sm J n : Bps q - + Bps- n , q and an i somorphi sm J n·. Pps -+ Pps - n Thi s means also that in what fol lows we can o ften take s = 0 . 0
Proof :
The s tatement for potential space s results at
once from de f . 2 .
For Be sov space s i t fol lows by interpol ation
( th . 7 ) or by a s imple dire ct argume n t .
The i somorphi sm cla s s of B; q depends only on q ,p . The i somorphism c lass o f Pps depends only on p . Proo f : Obvious . Pps ) 8p Coro llary 2 . ( Pps 1 - e + � ( o < e0 < l ) l if 1 Po P1 P Proo f : Use Coro l lary l .
I
0
For completene s s ' s ake let us also mention the fol lowing e lementary re sul t , the proo f of whi ch i s le ft to the re ade r . Theo rem 9 . Fo r any multi-in dex a we h ave con tinuous map s 0 D : B s q ->-B s - 1 a � q and Ps Ps- I a I p P a· P a p Now final ly to the .
Proo f o f th . 6 : s1
__,.
•
For the s ake of s implicity let us take
0 which by th . 8 is no re striction . By th . 5 and th . 4 n - s . By inte rpolation where p
68 ( th .
7) '
keeping
p
fixe d but varying
s , p 1 we get
P + s; + Lp oo • A new interpol ation ( us ing cor . 2 o f th . 8 ) P 1 . s Ps + L now with s fixed and varying g1ve p p l p + Ip 1 . s Passing back to a gene ral s we have Pps + p 1 A final pl interpolation ( th . 7 and cor . 2 of th . 8) , thi s time with s , p 1 s p The p roo f i s fixed and p s 1 varying , leads to Pps + Bp 1 l complete . 1
The above proo f actual ly yie l ds more than the s s p theo rem says , namely Pps + Pp l p ,... Bp l p ( He re we used the l l Lorentz-potential and Lorentz-Be sov space s . ) Remark .
1
•
•
The re al inte rpolation o f potential space s was settled in th .
7.
As we said , one get s Be sov space s as the re sult
o f the interpo l ation .
Now we write down the corre sponding
re sul t for complex inte rpolation . Theorem 1 0 .
We have
s s [ p 0 ' pP 1 ] e P
P; i f
=
( l-8 ) s 0 + e s 1 ( o < e < 1 ) and l < p < oo s s Then there exists Proof (outline ) : Let fo: [ P o ' PP 1 l e P a ve ctor val ue d hol omo rphic function h ( z ) such that s
•
f , s up 1 1 h < i Y ) 1 1 s 0 � c pp
h <e )
=
( and
s < oo ) . sup l l h ( z) l l s0 O < Re z < l pp + pp 1
Conside r the function
sup l l h ( l+iy ) l l p s l � c p
69
s ( l- z ) J o
+
slz
h (z)
I t can be proven ( e . g . using the Mikhlin with value s in Lp mul tip l ie r theorem , c f . Chap . 4 ) that the ope rators J iy ( y real ) •
are bounded in Lp and that (17) for some
A > o. hl ( 8 )
Using ( 1 7 ) we see that J s f , sup l l h l ( iy ) I l L ,;S c ( 1 p sup I I h 1 ( 1 + i y ) I I L ,;S C ( l p
+
+
A IY I ) ,
I Y I ) A.
I t i s pos s ib le to show that the three l ine theorem ( see Chap . 2) is s ti l l applicab le . Thus we conclude J sf s Lp and s s s f sP; . This prove s [ Pp o ' Pp 1 ] Pp · For the conve r se we have to f ind an at leas t approximatel y optimal repre sentation f
=
h ( 8) .
A natural choi ce is h (z)
Using ( 1 7 ) one gets then the estimate s
70
so i t i s not pre ci se l y what one wants to but the difficul ty can be easily overcome by replacing
h ( z ) by m ( z ) h ( z ) where
m ( z ) i s a scalar value d holomorphic function , with m ( 6 ) = 1 and whi ch behave s as 0 ( I Y I -A > as z -+ oo in 0 < Re z < 1 . We won ' t enter into the details since we shal l later on give another proo f ( Chap . 5 ) . k Coro l l ary 1 . [Wp 0 , l < p < oo . Corol lary 2 .
The space s
change of coordinate s i f
PROBLEM. case
p
=
s
1
Pps
are invariant for a local
< oo .
To e xtend th . 1 0 and its coro ll arie s to the
1 or oo
Remark .
()() C
The proo f o f th . 1 0 bre ak s down for
p
=
1
or
oo since ( 1 7 ) is not val id in this case . I t is not even known k th at the space s P s1 ln Wl are s table under any interpo lation .
proce s s .
Remark .
In Chap . 5 we wil l al so discuss the more
re fined re sult s involving the inte rpol ation of Besov and potential space s when al l parameters vary s imultaneously . The characte ri z at ion o f Be sov space s as inte rpo lation space s obtained in th . 7 is in some sen se a constructive characterizat ion .
Another constructive characteri z ation can
be obtained vi a approximation theory . to Lemma 2 ' above . )
( I t i s in fact re lated
Be fore s tating the e xact re sul t let us
say something about approximation theory in general . The theory o f approximation can be s tudied from many
71
aspe cts .
Among the theorems prove d here are den sity theorems .
A typical such re sul t - in fact the prototype - is the In the case of llin
Weie rstrass approximation theorem ( 1 8 75 ) .
it says that. the e xponential functions are den se in Lp i f l < p < oo. On T 1 we have to take the trigonome tric polynomial s . O f course We ierstrass himse l f did not have Lp but Cu the space o f bounded uni formly continuous functions . By the way both ,
uni form continuity and uni form conve rgence make the i r appearance in thi s context .
On a compact topological group it i s
the Peter-We y l theorem. Returning to We ierstrass and :JRn let us set E (r , f)
=
in � jjf - g j j L supp gCK ( r ) p
which q uantity i s called the be st approximation o f
f
in Lp The n the We ie rstrass
by functions of e xponential type � r . theorem c an be rephrased as E (r , f)
..., ( l ) , r -+ oo for any
f
s
Lp
•
Another type o f theorems are now conce rne d with the degree o f accuracy o f the approximation .
What ( smoothne s s ) propertie s
have to be impo sed on f in order to as sure that E (r , f)
=
O ( r - 5 ) , r -+
oo
72
s
whe re p
= oo
i s a given number > 0 ?
In the case o f T1 and
the p roblem was complete l y solve d by Berns tein and
Jackson in the 1 9 1 0 ' s , e xcept for the case
s
=
inte ge r which
was f i l led in much late r on ( 19 4 5 ) by Zygmund . The answe r i s that f must be in B s oo The case o f seve ral variab le s 00
•
was probab ly first conside re d by Niko l ski j ( around 1 9 5 0 ) .
Now
we give a general treatment o f thi s prob lem within our general framework . Theorem 1 1 .
Let
s > 0 , 0 < q .::_
oo
Then we have dr ) l/q < r
Proof : 0 < q <1 f s Bps q •
For simp l i city we take
1 2_ q
:::._ oo .
00
The case
re q uire s some s l ight change s in the argument . De fine
g Then we get
< Hence ( floo ( r s E
(
dr ) 1 / q r , f) ) q r
Let
73
00
L:
V =O
<
C(
�c
00
2 v+l ( r s E ( r , f) !2
L:
( 2VS
00
00
V=O
00
L:
A=O
)
q
dr --
1/q � r )
q I I
1 /q
( 2\) s I I
L:
L:
A =0
<
p
1/ q
2 - As ( �c I If I I s q
Bp
<
oo .
Thi s prove s half o f the theo�em . The proo f in the othe r dire ct ion i s pos s ibly e ven s imp l e r . I f 2 v - 1 .:_ r , v* f doe s not change i f f i s repl ace d by f-g . Thus we have I I
v r� 2 -l .
I t now fol lows readi ly dr r
and thus upon summation ( c(
00
L:
v=O
00
L:
v=O
74
The proo f i s complete . Final ly we determine al so the dual o f our space s . Let
Theorem 12 .
s
real , 1 � p < oo
1 � q < oo
Then
holds
Proo f :
The statement for potential space s fo llows
8
�
and the fact that Lp' Lp , i f 1 � p < oo Indeed let SE ( Pps ) ' and de fine T by putting T ( f ) = S ( J- s f ) . Then TELp' • Hence , by the above the re e xi sts hELp , such There fore we find that T ( f ) = ff h re adily from th .
s
( f)
Jf g
where we have set
g = Js h .
I t i s plain that now e as ily seen that the mapping S + g : ( Pps ) ' + is an i somorphi sm .
g E P� � · I t i s Pp- � actua l ly
The statement for Be sov space s fol lows from the one for potential space s , whi ch we j ust prove d , using inte rpo lation ( th . 7 ) .
We pre fe r howeve r to give a direct proo f . If E i s any Banach space we denote by £ s q ( E ) the space o f se q uences 00 a = {a \) } \)=0 with 00
2:
v =O
( 2 vs
I
I av
I
q
I E) )
1 /q
< oo •
75
We use the fact that (Q, s q ( E ) ) ' � Q, - s q ' ( E ' ) i f 1 � q
<
oo .
Al so we recal l that ( E1E9 E2 ) ' �E1 ' E9E2' for any Banach space s sq E1, E2• Let now s t:: ( Bp ) ' • We de fine T by setting cp v * f
S (f) if F
and extend it by Hahn-Banach ' s theorem to the who le of the space Lp ® Q, sq ( Lp ) . By the above the re e xi s t G ELp , and -s {g v } 00v-_0 t:: Q, q ( LP ) such that
fF
G
dx +
00 Z:: v =O
f fv
gv dx
I t i s no e s sential re s triction to assume that supp
A
GC
2 I<
,
supp g vc 2 Rv
De fine now
g = G +
By Lemma 1' ( conveniently modi fied ) we see that Also we can see that S ( f ) = J f g . to fi l l in the re st o f the detail s .
00
g v =z:: O -s v' g E Bp ' q
•
We l eave i t to the reade r
76
No te s Di stributions ( or generali zed function s ) have a long hi story .
They can be traced back to Sobolev ( 19 3 4 ) but h i s
work went unnotice d for a long t ime . and popularized b y L . Schwartz ( 19 4 5 ) .
They were rediscove re d An introduction to
distributions can be found in many modern texts on functional analys i s ( e . g . Yoshida [ 5 8 ] ) or partial di f fe rential e q uations ( e . g . Hormander [ 1 2 ] ) . Conce rning the " cl a s s ical " Fourie r transform the be s t source i s perhaps S te in-We i s s [ 3 7 ] . As was said already in Chap . 1 o ur tre atment o f Be sov space s is the one o f Peetre [ 1 8 ] . p
=
q
=
In the spe cial case
2 thi s can be found alre ady in HBrmander [ 1 2 ] .
The
basic underl ying ideas can a l so be said to be in the work o f Hardy-Littlewood ( and Paley-Littlewood) i n the 3 0 ' s . The pre sent approach to Be sov space s has been used in seve ral pape r s .
Let us mention Lo fstrom ' s the s i s [ 5 9 ] where
problems pertaining to theore ti cal numerical analy s i s are treated.
The point of view of Shapiro [ 2 0 ] , [ 2 1 ] and in
particul ar that o f Boman- Shap i ro [ 6 0 ] come s close to ours . ( These are dire cted towards q ue stions o f approximation theory and the Be sov space s do not enter exp l i ci t l y , c f . Chap .
8. )
Concern ing Bernste in ' s ineq ual ity ( Lemma 1 ) see books in approximation theo ry ( e . g . [ 2 3 ] , [ 2 4 ] , or [ 6 ] ) . Gene ral i z ations 5 of the type B q x or more generally EP x have been conside red
77
by q uite a few authors :
Golovkin [ 6 1 ] , Calderon [ 4 1 ] ,
Torchin sky [ 6 2 ] to mention j ust a few .
The fun ctorial point
of view appears e . g . in Gri svard [ 6 3 ] and in Donaldson [ 6 4 ] . The Lorentz-Be sov space s are mentioned in Pee tre [ 1 9 ] . The space s Kps q make the ir appearance in the early work o f Beurl ing ' s on spe ctral synthe s i s in the middle 4 0 ' s ( see e . g . [ 6 5 ] ) but in ful l generality they were introduced only in Herz ' s paper The connection with interpol ation space s was cl ari fied
[66 ] .
by Peetre [ 6 7 ] and Gilbe rt [ 6 8 ] .
See al so Johnson [ 6 9 ] , [ 70 ] . Conce rning the " homogeneous " space s Bps q and Pps , the ir origin i s o f a more dubious nature . Anyhow they are in Peetre [ 5 5 ] and also , pe rhaps in a more clear form , in Herz [ 6 6 ] .
The
work of Shamir [ 71 ] , [ 7 2 ] ought to be mentioned here too . some problems they simply are a must .
In
Conce rn ing the Aoki -
Rolewicz lemma see Pee tre - Sparr [ 4 6 ] o r Saghe r [ 4 5 ] .
A s was
mentioned in the notes to Chap . 1 the characte riz ation of Be sov space s using interpol ation space s goe s back to the work o f Lions ( see e . g . [ 2 5 ] ) .
Th . 10 on the other hand probab ly
come s from Calde ron ( see [ 4 1 ] ) .
From the hi s torical point
o f view i t i s inte re sting to note that Lions himsel f was lead to introduce inte rpo lation spaces in proving a spe cial case (p
=
q
=
2 ) o f Cor . 4 of th . 6 .
Regarding the characte rization
using the be st approximation see Nikolski j [ 6 ] .
Regarding
Lemma 1 ' see l ikewise Niko l sk i j [ 7 ] and Triebel [ 2 2 ]
•
The proof o f the duality theorem given here i s similar to the one o f Triebel [ 73 ] .
It is not clear where Be sov space s with
78
s�0
really appear.
Regarding the case
Li zorkin -Niko l sk i j [ 74 ] .
s
=
In the special case
0
see Lions p
=
q
=
2
space s with "negative norms " were systematically used in partial d i f fe rential e q uations alre ady in the middle S O ' s ( c f . e . g . Hormande r [ 1 2 ] 1 Peetre [ 1 1 ] ) .
0
<1
Concerning the case
1
see Pee tre [ 5 2 ] Fle t t [ 5 3 ] . The re sul t i s that Bp- �oo if 1 � p < oo 1 0 < q < 1 . I f general ly speaking ( Bps q ) X being any homogeneous Banach space and x 0 standing for the a fact closure of S in X one can show that ( ( B; oo ) 0 ) ' B� � l '
�
�
1
belonging to folklore , that has been o ften rediscovered ( see
[ 5 �) .
The proof is the same as for th . 12 .
Quotation :
Exe rcise for the reade r .
Chapter 4 .
Compari son of Be sov and potential space s.
In thi s chapter we will pre sent a more detailed compari son of Besov and potential space s .
Thi s wil l provide an
occasion to introduce some basic Calde ron -Zygmund and PaleyLittlewood theory , which wil l be needed in what fol lows .
We
know already that ( Chap . 3 , th . 4 ) 1� p <
if
00
With the aid o f Plan chere l ' s formula i t i s also e asy to show that
We now show that the l atter re sult can be e xtended at leas t to the range
1 < p < oo
Theorem 1 .
We have
s2 Bpsp -+ Pps -+ Bp
if
1 < p� 2
Bpsp
if
2�p<
Bps2 -+ P ps Proof :
-+
00
In view o f th . 8 o f Chap . 3 it suffice s to do
the proof in the spe cial case are going to prove that 79
s
=
0.
In othe r words we
80
if
1< p � 2
if
2 � p < ()()
To achieve this we shal l invoke the following ( o f Paley- Littlewood type ) .
Let { ¢ v } and be a s in Chap . 3 , so that ( 4 ) - ( 7 ) and ( 8 ) - ( 9 ) o f that Theorem 2 .
chapter are ful f i l led. (3)
I I£ I lL p
*
I I
Then
()()
2 E I ¢ v* £ 1 l � * f I lL + I I ( v=O p
1/2
�
I IL p
ho lds . I t is a l s o true that ()() 2 1/2 ( 4 ) I I f I I L "' I I E I ¢ v* f I ) I IL v = - oo p p ( The latter fact i s nee de d for the analogue o f th . 1 for B s q and P s , of course ! ) p p We po s tpone the discus s ion o f th . 2 for a momen t and complete the proof o f th . 1 .
We prove ( 1 ) ; ( 2 ) i s prove d in
exactly the same manner ( or using duality) Let fsB p (where 1 < p < 2 ) . Then
�
•
()()
E
v = 0 holds .
Hen ce , using the fact that
Q,
p
+
Q,
2
if
p < 2 (where
81
J Thus
=
tP
we have written
t 0 P ) we get 2 P/ 2
00
( L: \) =
0
fE: Lp by th . 2 . Conve rsely let
I \) * fl )
dx < oo
This prove s the l e ft hand part o f ( 1 ) . f E: Lp .
Then by th . 2 and using Je ssen ' s
ine q ual ity we obtain 2 1 2 � I I <1> v * f I 1L ) 1 V=O p
<
00
f E:Bp0 2 and we have e stab l i shed the right hand side too .
Thus
The proof i s complete (modulo the proo f o f th . 2 ) . Remark .
The above sugge sts the introduction o f certain
new space s Fps q
de fined a s fo llows :
;
f E:F �=} f E: S '
&
I I * f I lL p
We wil l return to them l ater (Chap . 1 2 ) Now back to th . 2 .
•
The proof o f i t wi l l be based on the
fol lowing Theo rem 3 .
( o f Calderon- Zygmund type ) .
Let E 1 and E 2
be two Hilbert space s and consider the convolution operator Tf ( x ) whe re
a
a * f (x)
J a ( x-y) f ( y ) dy
i s an ope rator val ued function and
f
a vector
82
valued one .
As sume that
( 5 ) l x l f2: 2 t l l ( a ( x-y ) -a ( x ) ) e i i l l i i l E 2 dx � c e E 1 , y l � t for eve ry
e s E 1 and every
t
> 0,
( i .e . , J J � ( O I I E , E � C ) 1 2 Then
holds . I f ( 5 ) holds with indi ce s 1 and 2 inte rchanged then al so with
1 < p �2
replaced by
2 �p <
oo .
(8)
holds
Thi s i s , in
part i cular , the case i f
( 9 ) I I D a a U) I I E , E 1 2
� c 1 �; 1 J a l i f -
l a l� n
( Mikh l in condition ) Since there are many exce l lent treatments in the l ite rature we are not going to give the full proo f o f th. 3 .
Seve ral
83
comments are , however, in orde r . I f E i s any given Banach space we denote by
Lp ( E) the space o f measurable fun ction s ( on a give n mea sure space � with measure
�
)
wi th value s in E such that
In an analogous way we de fine the space Lp (�) or all other q space s we nee d . I f E 1 and E 2 are two Banach space and A : E 1 -+ E 2 norm by
is a continuous linear operator we denote its
sup I I Ae I I E 2 efO
I
I Ie I IE . 1
I f E i s a Hilbert spa ce , Planchere l ' s formula i s still val id in the space
L2 ( E ) and ( 8 ) for
conse q uence o f i t .
For
p
=
2 i s a dire ct
1 < p < 2 ( 8 ) re sults from ( 7 ) using
inte rpolation ( ve ctor value d analogue o f Marcinkiewicz ) . e xtend i t to
2 < p
,;;;p ,;;; oo and
E
(L
L p (E ' ) i f p (E) ) ' is a reflexive Banach space . ) The hard part
have to use dual i ty . 1
To
( I t i s known that
:::
,
It depends on a certain decompos it ion of L 1 func ns (the Calder6n-Zygmund decompo sition) which again i s obta ined
is thus ( 7 ) .
�
from one covering lemma or the othe r . the detail s .
We sha l l not enter into
84
We shall have to use the general ve ctor value d form o f th . 3 .
Vector valued function s will also have to be con side re d For the bene fit o f the reade r let us write down
later on .
condi t ions ( 5 ) , ( 6 ) , and ( 9 ) in the s calar value d case ( E1= E 2 = C (5 ' )
)
lxl
•
They read as follows :
{ 2 r l a ( x-y) - a ( x ) I
dx � C , l y l � r
for eve ry
r>O .
The proo f that ( 7 ) entail s ( 5 ) ( and ( 6 ) ) wil l be given l ater on ( see Chap . 6 where it belongs logica lly ) in thi s special case , i . e . , the s tatement ( 9 ' ) = > ( 7 ' ) , in fact , even a s tronger form
( The s tatement ( 9 ' ) => T : Lp + LP i f 1 < p < oo i s the Mikhlin or Marcinkiewicz mul tip l ie r theorem . ) Here we shal l of it.
re s trict ourselve s to some s impler comments .
First o f al l
( 5 ' ) i s ful fi l le d i f we have ( 10 )
n+l I grad a ( x ) I � C/ I x I
Thi s i s , in particular , the case i f a i s homogeneous o f degree -n ( and c 1 on the un i t sphere S ) . I f moreove r !8
a ( x ) ds = 0 (6 ' ) i s true too .
These are the operators
con side re d o riginal ly by Calde ron and Zygmund ( 19 5 2 ) .
They
85
are character i ze d by be ing not only trans lation invariant but also dilation invari an t .
If
n =
1
the re i s , up to a cons tant
mul tiple , only one such operator - the Hilbert transform 1 ) . Th . 3 special i zed to thi s case i s no thing but (a (x) = x the cla s s i cal theorem of M. Ries z on con j ugate fun ctions ( 19 2 7 ) . We shal l al so - be fore re turn ing to the main road - amuse ourselve s by s tating a condi tion emanating from Cotlar whi ch guarantee s ( 6 ' ) , i . e . ( 8 ) with
p = 2.
The n i ce thing i s that
we then have condition s on Lp boundedne s s where the Fourie r tran sform doe s not ente r e xp l icitly ( i f this i s so n i ce ) . We state it as Theo rem 4 .
{
Let a satis fy ( 5 ' ) and
I
I a ( x ) I dx < C r
( 1 1)
K r)
Ix
(12)
J K (r)
a ( x) dx
0
( He re K ( r ) = { l i; l � r }
i s the bal l wi th radius r and cente r 0 . ) 0 00 and in particular a"' E.: L Then we may conclude that a E.: B 1 2 Note that both I
•
( 1 1)
•
and ( 1 2 ) are ful fi l led in the Calde ron-
Zygmund case . The proo f again will be postponed to Chap . 8 where i t be longs logic al ly . However , we can now comp lete a point left open in Chap . 3 . Proo f o f th . 4 o f Chap . 3 ( completed) : (k
inte ger
> o,
l < p < oo )
.
Let
fE.:P
If l a l � k we can write
�
86 2 D f = a * J f with � ( !;) = ( i l;: ) / ( 1 + j �;; j ) s/2 • I t i s a readily ver i f ie d that the Mikhlin condition ( 9 ' ) i s ful f i l le d
D f s Lp • Thus f E J< i t follows that p a k k L: Conve rsely , let f s Wp . Then we may wri te J f - i a i � k with suitab le a a to which ( 9 ' ) again i s appl icab le . We concl ude that Jkf s Lp and g:: J
th . 3 , let us give the We begin with the following general
Proo f o f th . 2 :
In some o f the previous work we have imposed on
observation .
{ rl' v } ,
c}
conditions ( 8 ) o f Chap . 3 .
We let
{ lj;v } ,
set ful fil l ing ( 4 ) - ( 7 ) and ( 9 -1 0 ) of Chap . 3 .
1J'
be another
We shall inste ad
re q ui re that
It is not hard to see that thi s can be achieved :
It can even be arrange d that
lj;v= cpv ' IJ' =
Conside r now the mappings T: and
f -+ (
*f
s imply take
• S and T formal ly de fined by
, { ¢v * f } �= O
)
87
S : (F, { � }� , v
v =-00
)
+
'
* F +
00
E � v * fv v =0
In view of ( 1 3 ) we have S s
so that
o
T
id ( identity)
i s a pro j e ction ( retraction o f T )
I f we now apply th . 3 with E 1 (14 ) Indeed
(9)
T : Lp + Lp
Lp ( £2) i f
EB
=
c , E2
=
•
_Q,2
we find
1 < p� 2 .
i s ful fi l led for we ce rtainly have
2 ( I D a
z v=O
In the s ame way tak ing
I
1/2 D a � v ( E;, ) 12 ) <
E1
C
C I E;. �- I a I we find
(15 ) Thi s completes the p roo f for the range 2 � p<
oo
l < p � 2.
The case
now fol lows at once by duality .
Remark 1 .
A simple proo f o f one hal f o f th . 2 using only
the s calar value d form o f Mikhlin ' s theorem and a standard probabi l i s ti c argument run s as fol lows .
For a random se q uen ce
88
w= { + 1 , + 1, + 1 ,
•
•
}
set 00
v l:=O -+
Tw Again we find
with a bound uniform in w <
C
I If I I L p
Take now the mathematical expectation of the p-th power ( 16 ) But ( 2. ( 1 1 T wf l l i, ) ) l /p= ( f f.. ( I * f + v � O +
A
and any numerical
p ) 1 /p :::: ( A I 2 + 'f I a I 2 ) 1 / 2 , 0 < p < oo a + + ( A I I E I 0 v v �0 v (Khintchine ' s ineq uality) holds . ( The more "mathematically oriented" reader could here 00
V'='
89
have used Rademacher series instead in which case we use Littlewood instead of Khintchine ! ) Inserting this in ( 16 ) we get ( 1 4 ) anew. It would be desirable to have a similar proof of ( 1 5 ) too . Remark 2. The above proof of th. 2 shows real ly more : That Lp is a retract of Lp Lp ( l) (or what is the same Lp ( £ 2 ) - the two spaces are clearly isomorphic) . We can express this in terms of a commutative diagram. ED
1
id Since Lp and P; are isomorphic we have l ikewise id
Pps
t
p
;
T
·�
�
It is also easy to see that id
Bps q
�· s
Lp
ED
Lp ( £ 2 )
1
90
Notice that the operators T and S are indepe ndent o f s and q.
Thi s wil l be use ful in Chap . 5 .
�
We now return to the space s B q · We want to show that th . 1 is in a sense the be s t pos s ible . To fix the ideas again let
s =
0.
Then we shal l prove
�
(17)
B q
( 18 )
Lp
+
+
Lp = > q
<
min (p , 2 )
�
B �> q > max (p , 2 )
By a variation o f the arguments below one can al so show that for the l imiting case s
p = 1 and p = oo th . 6 of Chap . 3 i s
alre ady the bes t possib le . 2
�
To fix the ide as let us take
p
<
1
<
p� 2.
The case
oo can be handled in analogous manner (or mos t simply
by duality ) . The proo f o f ( 1 8 ) i s then particul arly simple so we s tart with i t .
Let g be a fixed function i n
S
such that
supp g is con tained in a sufficiently smal l ne ighborhood o f (1,0, , 0 ) and let a = { a, ) v = O be any seq uence . Let us choose f as fol lows •
A
•
00
•
f (U
00
00
L:
\)§;,0
v=O
or f (x)
00
\)
L:
=0
a v
91
About our se q uence o f te st functions {> \) }00\) = 0 we may assume that ¢ v( � ) = 1 near 2\) e 1 . There fore we have 1"2 \) x 1 v * f = av e g I t fo llows that •
I I f I I O ::: I I a I I B q Q,q
•
p
On the o ther hand using bas ic facts on l acunary Fourie r se ries we readily see that
Lp � BpO q we mus t have q > 2 = max (p , 2 ) There fore i f
£2
�
Q,q which implie s
•
For the proof o f ( 1 7 ) we con sider an
f
s uch that
n f ( �) = I � � p' ( log i � I > - T in a neighborhood o f C
()()
oo ,
e l sewhere
I t i s pos s ib le to demonstrate the asymptotic deve lopment f ( x ) - C l xl
T >
1/q.
p'
3
o f Chap .
There fore i f
Remark.
1 T ( log -jxl )
There fore
with a suitab le C . other hand by th.
- n
3
sp0q� Lp
, x
�o
f E: Lp i f f T > 1/p. (with o = n/p ' ) we mus t have
q ,;S p
On the
0
S imilar techniq ue s c an be used to show that
92
th . 5 o f Chap . 3 cannot b e improved upon .
93
Note s . Th . 1 i s e xp l i ci t ly s tated in Be sov [ 5 ] and Taibleson [ 1 5 ] but its roots lie much deepe r ( I f n 14 . )
=
1 c f . [ 1 7 ] , Chap .
Th . 3 goe s b ack to Calderon - Zygmund [ 7 5 ] ( scalar value d
case , dilation invariant ope rators ) .
They thereby e xtende d
M . Rie s z theorem - whi ch was first proved by complex variable te chni q ue s - to the case o f several vari able s .
The ir result
has important applications to e l liptic p artial di f fe rential e q uations ( c f . e . g . Arkeryd [ 76 ] ) .
A conside r ab le simp l i fi
cation and c lari fication of the proof in [ 75 ] was obt.ained by Hormander [ 7 7 ]
who also e xp l i citly s tated condition
(5' ) .
The ve ctor value d c a se was first clearly conce ive d by
J . Schwartz [ 7 8 ] who used it pre c i se ly for proving theorems of the Paley-Littlewood t ype .
Le t us further mention Benedek
Calde r6n-Panzone [ 79 ] , Littman-McCarthy-Rivie re [ 80 ] , Riviere [ 81 ] and for a general introduction S te in [ 14 ] .
The
Paley-Littlewood theory arose from the work o f the se authors in the 3 0 ' s .
Again original ly complex variab le techni q ue s ,
notoriously comp l icated by the way , we re use d . Chap . 1 3 .
See [ 1 7 ] ,
For the Paley and Littlewood theory in a rathe r
general abstract situation ( di f fus ion semi-group s ) see Ste in [ 82 ] .
I t i s inte re s ting to note that the Mikhlin or
Marcinkiewicz theorem historical ly was p rove d using Paley Littlewood theory . First by Marcinkiewic z ( 1 9 3 9 ) ( see [ 8 3 ] ) for T l and then , using his resul t , by Mikhlin [ 8 4 ] ( 1 9 5 7 )
94
for :JRn . [ 14 ] ) .
Th . 4 goe s back to the work o f Cotlar [ 85 ] ( c f . Concerning lacunary Fourier serie s see [ 1 7 ] .
Quotation :
S ame as for Chap . 2 .
Chapter 5 .
More on interpolation .
We know already several re sults on interpo lation o f Be sov and potential space s ( see Chap . 2 and Chap , 3 , in particular th . 7 and th . 10 of the latter) .
But in these
re sul t s the e xponent p was fixed all the time (except in the cor . to th . 8 where p varied but the o ther parameter s was kept fixed ) .
Now we wish to see what happen s i f al l para-
meters are varied at the s ame time . Taking into account remark 2 in Chap . 4 we see that the interpol ation of Be sov and potential space s can be reduced to the interpolation of the space s t s q (A ) and Lp ( A ) , i . e . , vector value d se q uence and function space s . We there fore begin by reviewing what i s known to be true about thi s . Let us recal l the de finitions o f the above space s . Let A be any q uas i -Banach space . We denote by t s q (A) , where s rea l o < q .::_ oo , the space o f se q uences a = { a v Soo= O with value s in A such that
S]
being any mea sure space c arrying the positive mea sure
ll ,
we denote by Lp (A) , where 0 < p � oo , the space of l-1-mea surable a = a (x ) ( x E S] ) with val ue s in A such that fun ctions
95
96
I I a I I Lp (A)
( J � < I I a ( x ) l l i ) d ]J (x) ) l /p
< oo .
In an analogous way we introduce the Lorentz space Lpr (A) where 0 < p , r � oo More generally , w being a positive ].l -measurable function in � , we define the space of ].l -measurable functions a = a (x) such that •
The space £ s q (A) is really a special instance of Lp (A,w) . Indeed take : �
=
{ o ,l , 2 , ( {v } ) = 1 w (v ) = 2v s q=p
J.l
•
.
•
}
(discrete measure)
We there fore start with Lp (A,w) . The following results are wel l-known and completely understood . For the proofs we refer to the literature . We separate the complex and the real case . Theorem 1 . (vector valued analogue of Thorin ) . Let A = { A ,A1 } be any Banach couple . Let 1 � p , . p 1� oo Then 0 0 holds
97
l w) provided
1 p
W
1
-+
Let
Theorem 2 .
A
(0 < 8 < 1) .
be a q ua s i-Banach couples .
valued analogue o f M. Rie s z ) .
Let
0 < p0
= 1 p
p rovide d
W
I
1
p1 �
-+ Lp ( (A) 8p
oo
1
•
( i ) vector Then holds
w)
w o 1- 8 w l 8 ( 0 < 8 < 1 )
More gene rally we have
and the reve rsed embedding i f analogue o f Marcink iewi cz ) . 0 < Po
again
1
p1 �
(L
Pa r a
1 p
provided Remark .
=
=
=
1- 8 Po
oo
•
(A , w) , + _j_
r � P·
( i i ) ( ve ctor value d
Let A be any B an ach space .
Let
Then hol ds L
plrl
(A , w) ) r 8
pl ( 0 < 8 < 1 )
Lpr ( A 1 w )
•
Notice that in part ( i i ) o f th. 2 we take
and w 0 = w 1 = w . Thus we do not have a ful l analogue o f the Marcinkiewicz theorem in the s calar case .
A0
A1
A
98
Let us now turn our attention to the space s 3.
Theorem
+
Let
A
=
£ 5 q (A) .
{ A 0 , AJ! be any Banach couple .
Le t
Then holds
provide d
, s
=
( 1 - 8 ) s 0 + es 1 ( o < e < 1 )
In view o f the above ob servation that £ s q (A)
Proo f :
i s but a spe cial case of
Lp ( A , w ) thi s is j us t a re cast o f
th . 1 . ( i ) Let A = { A 0 1 A1 } be any q uasi-Ban ach 0 < q 0 1 q 1 � oo then holds :
Theorem 4 . coup le .
Let
(1)
5 q £ o o ( Ao )
provide d
1 q
I
=
5 q £ 1 1 (A1 ) ) eq I
5
< 1 - 8) s 0 + e s 1 < o < e < 1 )
•
More generally holds : (2) The e xponents ( ii )
Le t
min ( q , r ) and A
max ( q 1 r) are the bes t possible .
be any q uasi - Banach space .
Let
Then holds
99
Jl.
(3)
s0q
provide d ( ii i )
0 (A) ,
Jl.
s 1q 1
(A) ) r = 8
Jl.
sr (A)
s = ( 1- 8) s 0 + 8s 1 ( O < 8 < 1 ) .
Let
A
Take further
Let
be any q uasi-Banach space . s0 = s1 = s .
0 < q 0 , q 1 � oo
Then holds
1 q
provide d
Proo f :
( i ) Again
Jl.
s q (A) being a spe c i al instan ce o f
Lp ( A , w ) , ( 1 ) i s a s traight forward con se q uence o f p art ( i ) o f th . 2. Let us next fix attention to the first -+ in (2) . If
we can again make appe al to part ( i ) o f th. 2 .
r �q
r �q.
us there fore assume
For any se q uen ce
Let
a = { a v � =O
let us write a =
00
L:
\) =0
a
E
\) \)
whe re
E
\)
= ( 0 , • • • , 0 , 1 , 0 , • • • ) (with the 1 in the v -th position )
ain that for e ach v v I I Jl. s J.. q J.. (A . ) < 2 ].
\) S .
].
From thi s we obtain by inte rpolation
i
0 ,1)
•
100
whe re we have wri tten Q,
T = Ass ume now that
r
s 1 q1
(A1 ) ) r e
i s s o small that
T
•
is
r -normable .
We
know that thi s i s po ssible in view o f the Aoki-Ro lewicz lemma . There fore tak ing
r-th powers and forming the sum we ge t
v <
C(
00
I
=0
I= 0
I I a v E: v I
l � I rT ) /r -
l l a.v I I (A. )
8r
) r)
oo
1/r
= c I I a I I sr + £ (A ) er
We con tend that the first + in the fol lowing two case s : 2 ° r sufficiently smal l . To obtain the same contention for gene ral
r ( :;; g ) we have to use inte rpol ation .
General ly speaking , let us wri te s q £ o o (A ) , o
Q,
s 1q 1
(A l ) ) 8 r .
+ T.
i
1
(i
=
and assume that
Q,
sr . + 1 (A sr i )
1
0 'l)
•
0
I
1)
101
Inte rpo lating this give s (5 )
sr
�v n
O (A+ e r
o
)
,
1 -
�v n
sr
1 ( A+
er1
) ) , r + ( T 0 , T 1 ) , r where 1\
1\
A
+ r ( 0 < A < 1) 1
r
By ( 1 ) , which we have already proven , we have 9,
sr o
( A+ er ) , 0
9,
s rl
(i\ er
> > 1 Ar
Howeve r , b y a ce rtain complement to the re iteration theorem we have
Thus the le ft hand side of ( 5 ) i s e f fe ctive l y
9,
sr ( A ) 8r
•
Also
by the s ame token
�
T. right hand side i s T . 9,
Altogethe r we have shown
sr (A+ ) T , er +
unde r the said as sumptions .
Thi s fin ishe s the proo f for the
102
first
-+
in ( 2 ) .
the hard case i s 2
\)
Let us turn to the second -+ in r ,2, q .
(2) .
Now
For e ach v we have the ine q uality
s.
2 I I a ) I A . � c I Ia I I s . q . ( i= e , 1 ) l. l. (A ) � l. i
By interpolation we obtain v < 2 s l l a l l A-+ er with
T
c l la. I I T
having the s ame meaning as above , i . e . , the middle
space appearing in ( 2 ) .
r
If
=
oo
this fin i she s the proof .
The general case i s obtained b y interpolating between the cases
r = q
and
r = oo
•
Having thus e stab lished ( 2 ) let us indicate a counte re xample which shows that the e xponents
min ( q , r ) and
max ( q , r) in ( 2 ) c annot be improved on , in genera l . pre c i se let us assume that
P
To be
is a numbe r such that
s q s qo -+ ( � o (A o ) ' � 1 1 (A l ) ) e r We want to prove that
p � min ( r , q ) . Taking s 1 = 0 we obtain to the right by part ( i i ) o f th . 2 a Lorentz se q uence space . I t i s easy to see that this p = q , q < r . Taking again A o = A 1 = A but re q uiring now s o =I s l part ( ii ) ( which we have sr not yet prove n ) give s the space � (A) . This clearly shows entai l s by nece ss ity
p < q
or
103
p
� r.
The proof that
min ( q , r ) i s be st po s s ible .
Thus
max ( q , r ) is be s t po s s ib le is similar . We s tart from the estimate
(ii ) 2
\) s .
1
I I a v I IA � I I a I I s . q . R.
�
1.
(i
=
0 , 1)
(A)
Applied to a gene ral decompo sition
a
=
a 0 + a 1 thi s leads
to R.
Tak ing
s 0qO
s q (A) , £ 1 l ( A ) )
rth powers and forming the sum we get
dt ) l/q
T
< c I Ia I I
s q ( R. 0 0 (A)
1
s q £ 1 1 (A) ) 8 r
by the de fini tion o f the interpolation space s via K ( see Thi s prove s one hal f o f ( 3 ) .
Chap . 2 ) .
For the conve rse let
us write 00
L:
\) =-
u
00
\)
with
u \)
=
a \) E: \) if \) � 0 ,
We have
£
s.q. l.
1.
2 (A)
-v s 1.
l la 1 1 A
104
Thi s give s
Thus we ge t I I al
<
l
(£
s 0q 0
C I I al
£
(A ) , l
£sr
s lql
<
(A) ) 8 r
C(
oo z::
\) = 0
(2
v
( s -s 0 )
J(2
v
( s0-s1)
(A)
by the ( di s crete ) de fin ition o f the inte rpolation space s via J ( see Chap . 2 ) .
Thi s completes the proof of ( 3 ) .
( i i i ) Immediate conse q uence of part ( i i ) o f th . 2 . PROBLEM. (2
s 0 qO
( AO ) '
To find a precise de s cription of s £ lql (A 1 ) ) er i f r � q .
We are now re ady to proceed to the app l i cations to Be sov and potential space s . Contrary to our hab i t we shal l s tart s wi th Pp , because thi s i s here that much s imple r . Then hol ds Theorem 5 . ( i ) Let l < p 0 , p 1 < oo •
s0 [ PP o
( ii )
if
s =
We also have ( in the same condition s )
l ti S
Proo f :
( i ) By remark 2 in Chap . 4 we have the commuta-
ti ve diagram p
id
s. p.
l
l
1s . �
p
l
p.
l
�
Lp . Ell Lp . l
l
(Q,
s.2 l
)
0, 1)
(i
By interpolation we obtain ( recall the functorial characte r o f our inte rpolation " space s " ! ) s [P 0
p
'
Po
1
id s [ Pp 0 ' 0
p
sl pl
sl pl
T
Lp Ell Lp (Q, s 2 )
� ��
He re we have used th. 1 .
From this diagram, can now be re ad
off: f E[P
so P0
,
P
s
1 ]8
P1
<=> I I * f i l L
vs + I I ( I (2 O = v P
I ¢ v * fl
But the latter condi tion means pre ci sely that
2 ) 1/2
I l L < P
uc
Thi s
f ' i she s the proo f o f part ( i ) . p 0 = p 1 = p , part ( i ) i s j ust a re statement o f Chap . 3 . We thus obtain a new proo f o f the latter
Remark . of th.
9
resul t . th .
8
If
If
s 0 = s 1 both parts are contained i n cor . 2 o f of Chap . 3 .
106
To state the full re sul t for Bps q we need also the sq = B sq L Lo rentz - Be sov space s Bpr pr ( see Chap . 3 . ) . Notice that Then
Theorem 6 . holds s q [B o o Po if
1 p
(ii)
1- 8 + 8 -pl Po Le t
s q (B o o Po 1 p
Bps q
1- 8 + 8 I s qo ql
1 q
1 ,;;;, p 0 1 p 1 ,;;;,
(6) if
s q Bp l l ]8 l
co
I 0 < q0 1 q 1 ,;;;,
s q B 1 1 )8 q P1 1- 8 qo
1 1- 8 + 8 I P1 q Po
+
( l- 8 ) s 0 + 8s 1 ( O < 8 < 1 ) co .
Then holds
Bps q q 8 I ql
( l - 8) s 0 + 8 s 1 ( 0 < 8 < 1 }
S
-
(7)
More general ly we have
if
s 1 rnax ( q 1 r) Bpr
s , rnin ( q , r) Bpr
(8 ) 1 p
1- 8 + Po
--
1 q
1- 8 qo
--
+
I
S
107
In parti cular holds ( r (9 )
B s , m1 n ( q , p ) P ·
-+
p)
s q s q ( B o o , Bp l l ) p Po 1 8
B s ,max ( q , p ) P
�
�
Al so the e xponents min ( q , r ) and max (p , r) i n po s s ib le , at least if (10)
so - sl < l n= n - - n P o pl
l � Po , p1
< oo ,
( 8)
are best
s 0 1- s 1 and
Then holds
(iii)
( iv ) Let
l � p < oo
0 < q0 , q1 �
oo .
Then hol ds
1 q
8 ql ( 0
<
8 < l)
•
Part ( i i i ) i s of course j us t a re statement of
Remark .
th . 7 o f Chap . 3 o f which we thus get a new proo f . ( i ) By Remark 2 in Chap . 4 we now have the
Proo f :
cornm tat ive di agram : s.q. Bp 1. 1 id
1
ls . q .
B
1 1
P 1·
T
� �
Lp .
1
E9
.Q,
s 1. q 1.
( Lp ) . 1
(i
0 ,1)
108
By interpo l a t i on thi s yie lds s q o o [B p id
s q l l B ' le P
T
�
l
s q s q l l o o [B B ' p Je P
He re we have used th .
L tB p
Q, s q ( L ) p
� 3.
That
f
s
sq s q s q l l o o [B , B ] <= > f t: B e P Po Pl
fo l lows exactly as in the proo f o f th . 5 . (ii)
The proof o f th i s part goe s along s im i l a r l ine s s tarting
with the same diagram .
Fo r
(6) we use
(1)
of th .
course i s obtained j us t b e spe c i a l i z ati on f rom we use
( 2 ) o f th . 4 .
spe c i a l i z at ion .
Again
(9)
(6) .
Chap .
For
(8)
fo l lows from i t j us t be
The only thing that remain s - and that i s the
hard p o i n t in fact - i s to see that the e xponents and ma x ( q , r )
( 7 ) of
4.
are b e s t po s s ib le .
By du a l i ty
( th .
min ( q , r ) 10 of
3 ) we can re strict attent i on to the l atter case .
thus that we have for some
A s s ume
P
(11)
As in Chap . 4 l e t s upp g and l e t by
g
be a f i xed funct ion in
i s contained in a sma l l ne i ghborhood o f 00 a : {a } V = O v
be any s calar sequence .
such that e = 1
(1 , 0 ,
We de f ine
•
•
f
•
,0)
109
00
A
f ( s) =
00
\)
g ( s-2 e 1 ) or f ( x ) = I: av g v ( x ) v=O
where thus gv (x)
. \) e �x 2 g ( x ) . A
Since I Ig I l L doe s not depend on v and s ince s upp g v R v pr s q i f f a E: Q.s q . obvious ly , it i s readily seen that f E: B pr From ( l l ) follows We thus get an embedding
where we have used th . 4 , part ( i i ) , incidental l y .
But the
inve rse mapping ( de fined for al l fun ct ions of the form I: a v g v ) i s continuous . Thus we get Q. sr -+ Q. s p which entail s p > r . For the proo f of p � q we take inste ad 00
A
f (s ) wher
00
= I: \) =0
thi s time g (x) \)
v v v 2 - s 2 - n n e ix2 g ( 2 - v nx) .
We re q uire that 1 ° supp . g v C. R v and with c pr independent o f v , with p
cpr 2 - vs 2 0 I 19v I I L pr and s re l ated as in ( 8)
.
llO
1
Th i s leave s us with the con di t i on s °
!!. p i condi t ion
2
t;+
n
s. l
(10 )
(i
0,1) .
=
0
n
�
1
and
Upon e l iminat ing , we find p re ci se l y
I f th i s i s s o we see that
•
( 11)
Oq q a E: Q, = £ . In view o f q q l o -+ £ p • ) By p art ( £ , £ 6 r
f E: B
sq pr
i ff
again this le ads to ( i i i ) o f th .
4 we mus t the re fore
P2: q .
ne ce s s ar i l y have ( ii i )
Use part
(ii)
of th .
( i v)
Use part
(iii)
4.
o f th . 4 .
PROBLEM . To find a pre ci se de s c ription o f s q s q l l ' o o lf r � q. ( I t i s thus n o t a Be sov space . ) ) B (B 6 r P0 P1
1
A fte r thus having te rmin a ted our di scus s ion o f inte rpola -
tion o f potential and Be s ov sp ace s le t us indi cate a few app l i cations of the re sul ts obt aine d .
( Other app l i cation s
wi l l be give n l ate r . ) We be gin wi th the fo l lowing impo rtant co ro l l arie s . Coro l l ary =
5
( 1- 6 ) s
o
1
+
1.
Le t
6s ' l
1 p
1 < P 1 p < ()() an d l e t l o 6 1- 6 + (0 < 6 < p Po l
--
I I£ I I
c s < p p
( 2)
( 13)
I If I I
Proo f :
B sp p
< c
1)
-
I I£
1 1 1 s- o6 p
I If I I
1 6 1 �0 p
p
p
I If I I
l
6 p
Then ho lds
51
p
Po
I If1
6
•
s
p
l
l l
We make use o f the fo l lowing ge ne ral re s u l t for
interpolat ion sp ace s :
(*)
Let A
=
{
A0 1 A 1 }
be any q u a s i - Banach
111
1i. 8q
couple and let A be a space such that q
>
0.
Then holds :
+
A for some
I f one applies ( * ) , ( 1 2 ) and ( 1 3 ) readily fol low , mak ing also appeal t o part ( i ) and ( i i ) o f th . 5 re spe ctive l y . s
=
Corol lary 2 .
Le t
( 1 -8 ) s o + 8 s 1 , p1
=
I I f I
<
=
1- 8
Po
Then holds :
In part i cula r ( p 0
1
p +
0
I
8
pl �
pl
I
00
1
q
I
o
<
q0 , ql �
-e + e -1
qo
ql
oo
and let
(0 < 8
<
1) .
8 c 1 1£ 1 1 1 � q I I£ 1 1 8s q • B 0 0 B 1 1 Po P1 q0 , p1 q 1 ) holds
IB sp � c p
1- 8 8 I I£ 1 1 s p 1 1£ 1 1 s p • B a o B 1 1
Po
pl
Use again ( * ) but now in con j un ction with ( 6 )
Proo f : in th . 6 .
P o or p 1 = 1 . We give a l so an appl ic ation where inte rpolation i s used To e xtend Cor . 1 to the case
P OBLEM.
in a m re e s sential way . come/ l ater on . )
Let
n
=
( Seve ral s imil ar appl ication s will 1 and assume that 1 � p �
oo
•
Then
i s the space o f function s of boun ded pth variation in the P sense of Wiener , i . e . , f s Vp i f f for e ve r y famil y of d i s j oint
V
inte rval s
Ik
=
[ ak , bk ] c: JR holds
112
(14 )
with C depen ding on f on l y .
I t i s re adi l y seen that th i s i s
I � � lv
a Banach space , taking
= in f C , a t l e a s t i f we coun t p modulo polynomi a l s o f de gree 0 , i . e . , mo dulo con stants .
We h ave
Theorem 7 . 1
B•p '
(14)
whe re
1
p
1 p
1- 8 Po
+
(V ) , V Pl 8 P Po
+
V P
(0 < 8 < 1} .
(v
( 15 )
+
+
+
p
00
Al so in the s ame condi tions
1 P s " p oo -
I Vp ) 8 oo Po l
1 pI
-
•
B
00
He re we use for the f i r s t time the homogeneous Remark . space s B. We alway s le ave to the reade r to ve r i fy in e ach •
case t h at a re s ul t prove d fo r B i s va l i d a l s o fo r B . P roo f :
1)
We f i r s t prove the m iddle + in
Con s i de r a f i xe d fami ly o f di s j oint inte rva l s L k Wi th i t we a s s oc i a te the mapp i n g :
It
i s c le ar that
U: V p
+ l
P· £ 1
(i
0 , 1)
( 14 ) . =
[a , b ] C �. k k
11 3
By inte rpolation we obtain p p -+ ( £ 0 1 £ 1 ) e p
( 16 )
It follows that i f f EV . 2) P embeddings
f E (V
Po
, V
P1
=
Q, P
) then ( 1 6 ) ho lds true , i . e . ,
For the first embedding we noti ce the obvious
L -+ V 00
00
By interpolation we obtain o 31
11
I
• B ool oo ) e P -+
But by ( 9 ) o f th . 6 tak ing 1
-
• Bp p Al so
I
1
1
p
1- e -1- +
e
00
-
-+ o 3 i 1 , Boo l ) eP 00
y what j u s t was proven
so it suffice s to invoke the re iteration theorem. indeed
We get
11 4
+
3)
I n the p roo f o f the third + see Chap . 8 .
(We have inc luded
i t for the s ake o f completene s s ) . 4)
fol lows from ( 1 4 )
( 15 )
Remark . space
V a
( II
b -a l k k
l-
!
P
=
1 w p
e xten d th.
-a p
I
( 14 )
by
f (b ) - f ( a ) k k
I
p l /p < ) = C
<
oo
One can a l s o show that
Obvio u s ly v p
6 .
One can a l s o con s i de r s l i ght ly more gene ral
de fined by re p l acing
p
( 14 I )
using aga in ( 9 ) o f th .
if
1 < p < oo .
7 to the space s
The re a de r i s in vi te d to try to
115
Note s Concerning th . 1 see Calde ron [ 4 1 ] and conce rning parts of th . 2 (wh i ch goe s back to Gagl iardo ) Lion s-Peetre [ 25 ] 1 the e xten sion to the ful l range ( 0 100 ] i s o f l ate r origin ( see Holmstedt [ 44 ] 1 Peetre [ 86 ] ) .
A counte r-example for a
general ve ctor value d analogue o f l'-1arcinkiewicz theorem was I t should al so be mentioned that the
found by Kree [ 8 7 ] .
interpol ation in the case of weights first was considere d by Ste in-We i s s [ 8 8 ] . ( c f . Triebe l [ 7 3 ]
1
Th . 4 was f i r s t s tated in Peetre [ 1 9 ]
[22 ] ) .
Part ( i ) o f th . 5 and al l o f
th. 6 except for ( 8 ) i s due to Gri svard [ 6 3 ] . from Peetre [ 5 5 ] 1 [ 1 9 ] .
The res t come s
In [ 5 5 ] the re i s al so an applic at ion
to the in terpo l ation theorem of S tampacchia [ 89 ] . Vp eminate from Wiener [ 9 2 ] . to Marcinkiewicz ( see [ 8 3 ] ) . Kruger-Solomj ak [ 9 3 ] .
The spaces
The l ast + in ( 14 ) goe s back Regarding inte rpol ation see
Ine q ual itie s o f the type appe aring in
Cor . 1 and Cor . 2 to th . 6 were first obtained by Nirenberg [ 9 0 ] and Gagliardo [ 9 1 ] .
116
Chapte r 6 .
The Fo urie r tran s fo rm .
Th i s sho rte r chapte r i s re a l l y an i n troduc tion o r prep aration fo r Ch apte r 7 . Le t u s begin b y re s tat ing what we a l re ady know re garding the a c t i on of the Fo uri e r trans fo rm in var ious c l a s s e s of functions
( see Chap .
3) .
Th i s is e s sential ly the Hausdo r f f -
Youn g theorem :
1)
( 1)
an d i t s re finement usual l y a s s o c i ated with Pale y .
F : Lp + Lp I p
(2)
if 1 < P < 2
c!.
_
p
+
1
1)
p'
Now we t urn to various vari an t s and gene r a l i z ation o f the se re s ul t s . We re cal l that
(1)
and
from the endpo int re s ul t s of the
( 2 ) we re obtained by inte rpo lation p
=
1 and p
(quan t i tat i ve ve r s i on o f )
=
2 , i . e . , by the use
Riemann- Lebe s gue lemma and
Plan che re l ' s fo rmula re spe ct ive ly .
We now obse rve that
(3)
wh i ch i s a k in d o f imp roveme n t o f the Riemann - Le be sgue lemma . Inde e d i f
• Q oo
f s B
1
then fo r e a ch
the re fore by the s a i d lemma
A
"'
'1'\)
v
A
we have
f s L 00
I t fo l lows that
A
f
is
11 7
R VE
bounded in the sets uni formly in v i f
v v ( 2 - E ) - l 2 ..::_ I t;. I .::_ ( 2 - E ) 2 1
=
But the se sets obvious ly
E > 0 i s fixe d .
ove rl ap i f E i s sufficiently sma l l .
f E L oo
There fore
•
�ve
Noticing that
now interpol ate between ( 3 ) and P l anchere l . B• 02 2 = L 2 1 thi s yields :
F: But by Thm. 6 1
( 8)
J3 0 1min (p ' 1 r)
pr
Also ( L
o f Ch . 5 -+
00 ( B lo
I
Lp , r .
00
:8 202 ) r i f e
l p
1- e 1
+
2
e
There fore we have proven the
fol lowing Theorem 1 .
We have
(4)
F : BOprmin (p ' , r)
Taking
r
=
p ' we find in particular
If r
=
p ( 4 ) leads to a weaker conclus ion
-+
Lp ' r
if
1< p< 2
One can also • formulate result s in terms of the Beurl ing-He rz spaces Kps q ( see Chap . 3 for de fini tion ) and more general ly the Lorentz • sq Beurl ing -Herz space Kpr ( the obvious de fin i ti on ) .
t han ( 2 ) , thi s in view of th .
7
of Chap . 4 .
118
We have
Theorem 2 .
0q f : :B p
(6)
We al s o have
if
l < p�2,
O < q�
( genera l i z in g ( 3 ) ) .
if
0 < q
<
00
We invi te the re ade r to provide the obvi ous pro o f o f th .
2 and a l s o o f the fo l lowing Coro l l ary .
We have
if
l < p �2.
Note that a we aker fo rm o f
(5}
re s u l t s f rom { 6 ) by taking
p' .
q
\ve now go on s tudying a s l ightly di f fe re n t p rob lem .
For
certain re a son s i t i s conve n i e n t to inte rchange the role of x
and
�.
In o th e r words we con s ide r the inve r se Fourier F
trans form
-l
rathe r than F
•
S ince we have perfect
symme try we have o f co urse
-1
(1I )
F
(2 I )
F
-1
-r L
:
L
:
L -r L p p'p
p
p'
l�p� 2
if
if
(p .!. +
l < p� 2
(p .!.
1
1)
p' +
1
p'
1)
119
Notice that sin ce
p�
2
we have
condition s have to be imposed on
p'
� 2.
f
We now ask what
in orde r that
f
should
be long to a Lebe sgue or Lorentz space wi th an e xponent < 2,
f E Lq . He re i s a first re sult in this sense . Theorem 3 ( Be rn s te in ) . We have
e . g.
( 7) Proo f :
By Schwarz ' s ine q ual ity and
Let
Planche re l we have
Taking the sum it fol lows that
l lfl l Ll�
C
00
\! �-""
dx � C
00
\)
l:
= -00
I If I I
... and
( 8)
f E L1 • Theorem 4 ( Sz a s z ) . F
.
-1 : B 2
n ( p1
We have
2) , p 1
-+
L
p
if
0 < P < 2.
120
Proo f :
Adap t i on o f the ab ove p ro o f fo r th .
Remark . with
1.
Us ing in te rpo l a t ion one c an al so prove
l � p � 2 s tarting with ( 7 )
F - l . L -+ L 2 2
and
(8)
(i.e. ,
P lanche re l 1 s the o rem) . Re turn ing to t h . l we see that , in view o f th . 5 o f chap .
3,
(7 I )
F
I f in Fo r
( 7 ) en tai l s a l s o -1
if
:
n � . p ' 00 • p'l B by B (7 I ) p p
( 7 1 ) we rep l a ce
(7 1 )
l� p� 2 .
F : Ll
together w i th
L
-+
oo
i s n o longe r true .
imp l ie s
l •� p ' -+ L oo and we know that such an e s timate i s be s t p o s s ib le • B p Howeve r , the re is the fol low ing s ub s t i tute : Theore m 5 :
F
-1
:
\'Ve have
co o , l• � p , ,.. . B I I B 00 p
In particular hol ds
p 2
-+
if
l)
(p
l o, 2 l . + F () :B 00 . � l
Proo f :
Use Co r .
2
o f th .
6
o f Chap . 5 .
proof i s e q ual ly s imp le ! ) Coro l l a ry .
Take
n
=
l.
Then holds :
(A d i re ct
121
Proo f :
Use th . 7 o f Chap . 5 .
The next rather natura l deve lopment i s to substi tute for L1 in th . 3 the space We argue as fo llows . e stimate I I ¢ * f I l L v l
Now
A
cp
•
Q oo
Bl
oo l , we have to But in view of th . 3 we have
•
To show that
R
v
(Sl )
=
where the in f is taken over al l Then i t i s easy to see that
We have proven : Theorem 6 :
A
f
to
Let us the re fore for any open set Q
p
Then
:8°
f o f course depends on ly on the re stri ction o f
I I g I I · sq B
(9 )
E
A
v
the net
g.
f
Assume that sup v
in f
set
l l hl l B sq ( rl) •
p
h whose re s triction to
Sl
is
122
Corollary.
In part icular this i s so i f
(Mikhlin condi tion ) whe re
i s the smal l e s t intege r > n2 .
h
We are now in a position to fil l in a gap le ft open in connection with th . 3 o f Chap . 4 (name ly that ( l ' ) entail s (5
I
)
)
o
Theorem 7 .
( "Mikhlin " ) .
As sume that for some
s
>
n/2
holds < ()()
sup v
( 10 )
Then condition s ( 5 ' ) o f Chap . 4 i s ful fi l le d , i . e . , we have f I f ( x-y) - f ( x ) I dx JRn "K ( 2 r )
( ll )
Proo f : (i.e. '
f
v
we wri te
¢v
f ).
�
C , y E: K ( r ) for eve ry
f where f v = ¢ v * f L: v =- ()() v I t clearly suffice s to e stimate for f
()()
e ach f I f ( x- y ) - f v ( x ) l dx , y E: K ( r ) JRn " K ( 2 r ) v
Choose E: so that
n 0 < E: < s- 2 .
Then we get
r> 0
123
A \) <
f I fv ( x -y ) I dx JRn "- K ( 2 r )
< 2 - 2 r- 2
f
+
n
lR
"'-
f
I f v ( x ) I dx
K ( 2r)
I x - y I 2 I f v ( x- y ) I dx + 2 2 r - 2 f I x I 2 I fv ( x ) I dx
where we at the last step have used th . 3 .
We al so ge t by
the s ame theorem :
< I Yl <
c
f
I grad
� ( x - y) I dx � C r c
r 2v 1 1 f 1 1 s � v p 2 •
r 2v
l l t::f' ) l
B2 •
Al together we have thus proven A < C min ( r 2 \) If
A
\)
,
\)
( r 2 ) -2 )
•
i s the e xp re s sion to the l e ft o f ( 1 1 ) we get A�
00
A < C < oo E v = - oo \)
n
. 2'
l
124
and the proo f i s complete . Remark .
f E: :B 0 00
F
P;
Condition .
A
( 10 )
says e s sentially that
s imilar remark appl ie s to condition
(9 )
•
125
No te s The first re sult o f thi s chapter , notab ly th . l and th . 2 together with i t s coroll ary , be long to the fo lklore . C f . e . g . Riviere-Sagher [ 9 4 ] . Th .
3
and th . 4 which indeed
go back to Be rn ste in and S zasz re spe ctive ly were first con side red in the context of T 1 • See the re fe rence s l i s te d in Peetre [ 9 5 ] , [ 6 7 ] .
Th .
3
goe s back to Zygmund and its
corol lary to I z umi - I z umi [ 9 6 ] ( c f . Peetre [ 5 2 ] ) . o f th . 7
i s e s sentially the one o f Peetre [ 9 5 ] .
The proo f Regarding
the interpo l ation of the Mikhlin or ( bette r ) Hormande r con di tion ( 10 )
see also John son [ 6 9 ] .
Quotation :
Your student ' s l i fe i s not entirely without value ( though I suppose he will never understand why ) . G . H . Hardy ( in a lette r to M . Rie s z )
Chapter 7 .
Multip l iers .
The general s i tuation cons idere d in thi s chapter may be Let X be any q uasi - Banach space o f functions o f distributions i n En Often one assume s that X i s invariant for translations ( i . e . fEX = > f ( x + y ) X , y E Rn )
de scribe d a s fol lows .
•
X
and - to make it symmetric - invariant for multiplic ation by characters ( i . e . fEX > e ixn f E X , n E Rn ) , but this is of cour se =
not at a l l neces sary . invariant .
We than a l so assume that the norm i s
We ask what conditions have to be imposed on a and
b in order to a s sure that
(1)
fEX => a*f
(2)
f E X = > b f E X.
X,
I f thi s i s so we s ay that
a
an (ordinary) mul tipl i e r .
The reason for such a terminol ogy
i s a Fourier multiplier and b
is of course that the convolution a* become s an ordinary A
multiplier a (= F a ) after taking Fourier tran s forms , by the formula ( see Chap . 3 ) F ( a * f) = F a F£. 126
127
I f X sat i s fie s the above invariance propertie s trivial examp le s o f Fourier multip l ie rs are Fourie r tran sforms of bounded measure s ( i . e .
a E FA or
a E A where A i s the space of bounded
measure s ) and o f o rdinary multipliers inve r se Fourier trans forms o f bounded measure s ( i . e .
or
More generally one can con side r mul tipl ie r s from one space X in to another one Y . We di scus s the problem o f Fourier mul tipl iers firs t .
Of
course with the after al l rather s imple minded too l s we are e q uipped with ( inte rpolation space s , e tc . )
we cannot hope
to settle al l problems , but neve rthel e s s a certain insight in the se matters can be gained . Generally spe aking given X let us denote the space o f all inverse Fourie r tran s forms of Fourier multipl iers by CX o r C ( X ) ( i . e . , a E C X i f f ( 1 ) holds ) . Banach algebra .
The q uas i - norm i s given by
= /. I I a * f I I and Y we w� i te C X , Y . I I a! I
Clearly C X i s a q uas i -
cx
x
-1 I I fl I x
I f we have two space s X
=
Lp ( 1 � p � oo ) and let CL . us write , o rrupting the notation j us t introduced , Cp P Let us now l i st some clas s i cal e lementary facts about the Let ljt s first consider the case
\
space s
c
X
p:
(3)
F -l L
(4)
A (bounde d measure s )
00
( inverse Fourier tran s forms of L)
=
128
(5 )
cP
(6)
A
+
cp'
if
c
c
p
+
1 1 p + p' -
pl
+
F
-1
1 L
00
if
1 � p � pl � 2
In view o f ( 5 ) one can o ften re strict one se l f to e i ther the case
1 �p � 2
or
2 �p �
We have also the fo llowing
oo
use ful Lemma 1 .
We have
(7) (8 ) 1 = -
provide d
p
1-e
--
Po
+
+
c
+
c
e pl
p p
( 0 � e �1 ) .
To see the ide a let us prove ( 7 ) on ly.
Proo f :
The
proo f o f ( 8 ) i s s imil ar but re q uire s the three l ine theorem .
a If
c
a s(
Le t
f
p1 ) 8 1 •
l: aV
with
00
=
,
c
Po
V = -oo
Then by de finition we may write 00
l:
v = -oo
sL
p i t fo·l lows t.h at a * f
00
=
l:
v =-
00
Us ing the conve xity ine q uality
av * f .
129
which is an immedi ate conse q uence o f Thorin ' s theorem , we get I I a* f I I L
p
<
=
< <
=
The re fore
00
V'J_oo I I aV * f I I L
p
<
00
I I ) I c � - 8 1 1 a) I � I I f I I L p pl 0 00 2 -v 8 J ( 2 v, a c , Cl l l l f / / L < c / . 1 f / / L L: v 0 oo = v p p
L:
V = - oo
=
a * f EL and , by de finition , P
a E Cp
•
We can now easily prove Theorem 1 ( Hi r s chman ) . (9)
F'
n 1
( •
-+
p
l
c
P
We have
if
1 p
I� -
1
2
�
In particu ar holds ( 1 0)
\�
F : B
p
Proo f :
P
,1
-+
c
P
if
1 p
> I�
- iI
By ( 4 ) and th . 3 o f Chap . 6 we have F
Also ( 3 ) give s
:
B. 1
n ,1 2
-+
130
F
:
L 00
-+
c
2
Thus by appl ication o f ( 7 ) o f Lemma 1 we get -+
c
p if
1 p
1- e + 1-
2.
e
On the otherhand by th . 6 o f Chap . 5 1
l5
Thus ( 9 ) fol lows .
==
e
00
•
To get ( 1 2 ) we have to invoke the ( obvious )
Lorentz analogue o f th. 5 o f Chap . 3 . Remark .
1- e
=r-+
The p roof i s complete .
Th . 1 shoul d be compared with the JIIJ.ikhlin
mul tip l ie r theorem.
If
p
==
1 ( Be rn s te in ' s case ) the condi tions
on a is almost the s ame but not rea l ly .
In fact th . 1 doe s
not apply to the Hilbe rt trans form o r the Calde r6n- Zygmund ope rators and of course the concl usion i s not true e ithe r in
On i f 1 < p < oo ) P the other hand i t i s possible to prove analogous interpolation
thi s c ase .
( Mikhlin says on ly
as C
•
analogue s of Mikhlin . Vve now give a simple ne ce s s ary condi tion for in Cp Theorem 2 .
We have c
p
-+
nn • -p- I 00 •B - p 00 Bp (i. p '
a
to be
131
Proof :
Let
Then i n particular w e mus t have
<
I I a l ie
< C I I ¢v I I L p
p
But - v np l I I ¢v I I L � C 2 p There fore we al so get - v np l I I ¢v * a I l L � c 2 p and
a
E:
o
Bp
n pI -
00
•
n .- p a E: Bp i
- ,
In view of ( 5 ) now also follows
00
The proof is complete . Corollary . and
-1 0 .
Th n
so to speak
b
a
E:
Lp Obvious .
Proo f : Since
Le t
a
E:
cP .
Lp I
Assume that
A
supp a
o
• say , B Ql l -+ c p we have thus enclosed c p tween two Be sov spaces . The bounds are the (6)
1
closer the closer we get to
p
�
l or p
�
oo •
Now we want to
show C p i s almost a Be sov space but "mode l le d " on Theorem 3 . As sume that ( ll )
00
v � - 00
i s compact
l/ I I ¢v * a I I P ) p < cP
oo
where
C p i tsel f .
132
Then l ,:;, p ,:;, oo then
l < p < ()()
Conversely if
{ 12 )
sup
aI
I I ct> v *
\)
I
p
a t: C p where
< ()()
In other words holds :B 0 P c
(13)
Q oo l p -+ C p -+ B Cp where p
I� - l I · 2
=
In view of that we at once get ( using also th l) the following Corollary . Assume that ()()
where l = l pl p
v= -ao
- 2l 1
.
Then a t: Cp Be fore giving the proof of th. 3 it is convenient to It is remarkable settle the analogous q uestion for that we now have a much sharper result. Theorem 4 We have •
•
a t:
C
Bpsq < => sup \)
I I ¢ \) *
aI
IC p
<
oo
In particular C s;q depends In other words : only on p . (That i t does not depend on s is obvious ) .
133
Proo f :
Assume that
a
must in particular have
E: *
a
holds
C B•ps q Then i f f E: f E B•pS oo There fore •
s B q we
p for e ach v
a * fl I L � C I I f I I sq p Bp Apply thi s to lj; v * f where { ''''�' v } 00v oo i s another se q uence o f te st functions chosen in such a way that lj; v = l on R v = -
A
•
Then fol lows 2v s I I cj>: a
( 14 )
f l l L � C 2v s I I f I I L p p
*
which clearly imp l i e s
( 15 )
�;
Conve rse ly i f the e s timate
(14 ) a
E:
( 15 )
and i f f E: Bps q , a * f E: B q and
holds for
fol lows nd taking the sum we get C •Bps q • Th s complete s the proo f o f th . C •B ls q = •B lO oo e h ave Coro l lary .
a
=
4.
•
Proo f : Indeed i f c 8 � q = s 0 00 C l = B Q oo Now to the
p
' = 11
P roof o f th. f i lled with some o f th.
3
3: p
•
we show that
=
l we get J! O oo L = B• 0 00 l l
Assume that the e st imate ( l l ) i s fulThen by an easy adaptation o f the proof
134
sq a E C BpS q ' Bp l i f
(16 )
l q
(Use Holde r ' s ine q uality ) .
+
l p
Then assuming f E Lp l � p � 2 which i s no loss of generality f E B• p0 2 , so by ( 16 ) a * f E B• pOp and a fortiori a * f E Lp . There fore a E C p · That again a E C p entail s ( 1 2 ) we le ave to the re ade r to Now let
•
ver i fy . We now proceed to give some e xample s . First we remark that the cor . of th . 4 contains in particular e x . 2 o f Chap . 2 ( the Hilbert transform in Lip s ) . Indeed we have by now seve ral criteria for e specially th . 4 of Chap . 4 and th . 5 of Chap . 6 .
Both of
l the l atte r evidently apply in thi s case ( i . e . a ( x ) = p . v. x '
; ( s)
=
i sgn
s)
•
Next we cons ider the fol lowing Example l .
a < s)
=
I sI
Suppose nY
and C oo e lsewhere .
I I ¢v av I I An
in a neighborhood o f oo , with n
> 0, >
Then it i s e asy to see that
v m ( n-p - Y )
< c 2 n 1. Bp p
appl ication o f the cor. to th . 3 now yields
a E Cp
y
0
135
provide d
n P>p
p < nand p
On the other hand i f
c
m 1 1
p . It i s also possib le to show that a s c p in the l imi ting case y = n but this much harde r . Thi s shows a ¢
then
-
p
howeve r that our re sults obtained in thi s rather s traight forward way in a sense neve rthel e s s are almo s t sharp .
We
return to thi s point in a moment . and oo be st po s s ib le . • c At least it i s known that c p f B 0 p i f p ,. 2 . I t c i s not even true that B 0l p i f ,. 2 . Now we give a q uick survey o f some re sul ts for e x , Y Are the exponents
PROBLEM.
p
00
00
-+
extending the above once obtained for
ex.
By a repeated
C Lp , Lp We l l 0 assume p � p 1 for i t is e asy to see that indeed C p , p l i f p > p 1 • We omit mo st o f the proo fs or j ust give brief corruption of notation we write
Cp,p
=
hints . We have
Theorem 5 .
Proo f :
• s -s B 1
s q B• p l l
S C Bp T
Theorem 6 .
e
00
c
P, P1
same as for th . 5 . we have provided
In particular holds
1 max (p 1 , 2 )
<
1 + 1p min ( 0 , 2 )
,
1
<
p , pl <
136
B• 0 00 C p, p l Proo f :
The s ame as for th . 6 .
Theorem 7 .
We have
Bpsq -+ C Remark . p p
p*p* l i f
1 p-l*
l
p*
Thi s should be contrasted with the case
As we have remarked not even
00
-+
c p i s true un le s s
2. Proo f :
By the Lorentz analogue o f the Be sov embedding
theorem ( th . 5 o f Chap . 3 ) we ge t
Inte r -
polation doe s the re s t . Corol lary .
We have
B -s , oo -+
l p
if
l
This may be conside re d as a ve ry general form o f the - s ( see e x . l Hardy-Littlewood theorem for the potential s I of Chap . 2 ) . Theorem 8 .
We have n
- P'
-+ B Pl Proo f :
,
oo
The s ame a s for th . 2 .
137
Now we return to case o f C X , more spe ci fi cally
c
•
p We want to give a brie f discussion of the ce lebrated ( Fourie r ) multip l ier p roblem f o r the bal l . Le t us adopt for a moment the s t andpoint o f classical Fourier analy s i s .
There the problem wa s to give a mean ing
(other than the distributional ) to Fourie r ' s inve r s ion formula (2
f (x) for , say ,
f
s
Tr
) -n
A
trouble i s that
f
s
Lp ( l � p �2) . The Le t H be a i s not ve ry small at oo
L1 o r more general ly
f
given homogeneous positive function and function with
u(O)
=
l.
u
some given
Then one is lead to con side r as
approximations to the integral , " means " o f the type (2 Tr) -n A
=
I
J
A
f (� ) d �
n
m.
i s a Fourier multip l ie r in Lp ' fol lows then by routine a guments If
a (t_; )
u ( H ( t_;
I I fr - f I I L p
-+
0
as
A particularly important ca se i s when function o f the interva l [ O , l l so that fun ction o f the set have
E
= {
H (t_; )
_s_
r
-+
u
oo
•
i s the characte r i s t i c
a (U i s the characte ri s t i £C
l } ....:: nP .
In thi s case we
138
fr ( x )
( 2 'IT) -n H (
f r ( O ) ( x)
=
r,/� r
e i x E, f( E,) d E, (partial Fourier inte gral ) u (A)
A somewhat more general case i s t+
=
( 1- A) � (with
max ( t , O ) ) in which case f; a ) ( x )
=
�
( 2 'IT ) -n f e ix t, ( 1- H E, ) ) � f ( E, ) d E,, a2: 0 ( Ries z means ) .
� ( E, ) = ( 1 - H ( E, ) ) a (wi th the obvious
We agree to wri te
r + a interpretation in the limiting case a = 0 ) .
Two important special cases are : a)
E
b)
E
i s a cube o r more genera lly a conve x polyhedon . i s the uni t ball (with e . g . H ( E, ) J t, J 2 ) or more =
generally any s trictly conve x set . I t turns out that these two cases behave q uite d i f fe rently and that i t is the diffe rential geometry ( curvature ) o f the boundary a E o f
E
that cause s that di ffe rence .
The case a ) i s e asily handled. a
thi s case
=
We j ust notice that in
ao i s the product o f the characteristic fun ctions
of a finite member o f hal f spaces conside r the special case :
C::.
JRn E,
Thus i t suffice s to
a ' ) E i s a hal fspace With no los s o f generality we may then assume that E
={ E,
1
=
0
}
so that
and
=
1 - i p . v. xl
•
139
Thus i t simpl y suffice s to apply M . Rie s z ' theorem . conclude that The case
a
s
c p i ff
co
b ) i s much more compl icate d .
a 0 ( x ) ( a s wel l as function s .
1< p<
We
One can expre s s
a a ( x ) ) e xpl icitly i n te rms of Be s se l
U s ing the class ical asymptotic formula for Be ssel
function s i t then fol lows C cos ( l nx I + + 1 8 ) 2
1
+ 0(
n+3
l x I -2-
( One can also give a direct computation whi ch perhaps bette r 3E
reveals how the geometry of
come s in . )
I f we now invoke
the cor . o f th . 2 we ge t as a nece s sary condition for a o s cp 0 > �p - 21 whe re 1p = - l . The s ame applie s to We now find that i f a a s C then a > nP aa 21 " We next P ask if this is a sufficient condi tion . ( This i s (was ) the 1 ( Ste in) . mul tipl i e r problem) . Th . 1 re adi ly give s a > n -P-
I�
:
I
-
n-1- > n P p
. S lnce
-
2
p < .:!:.
or
2
we are l e ft wi th a gap .
has begun to be f ' lled up on ly re cently .
F i r s t Fe ffe rman
displayed a counte -example showing that
a 0 cannot b e a
He al so showed a positive re sul t , 1 1 + 1 and in addition > 4n then inde e d 4 2 p p L ater Carle son-S j 6lin and S j � lin i n the spe cial
a
case
n
dition .
=
=
p
multiplie r unle ss 1 that i f > n
It
2
and
2.
--
n
=
3
In particular i f
ple tely settled.
re spective ly re laxed the l atte r conn
=
2
the problem has been com-
The fol lowing figure s i l l ustrate the case :
140
We now give a simple proof o f the original re sul t by Fe ffe rman pre sumably due to Stein .
141
The k e y to the p roo f i s provided b y the fo llowing : Lemma ( Ste in ) .
Let
be the uni t sphere in
S
R1 .
Then
we have Lp -+ L 2 (S ) provide d
F
1 <
2
L2 ( S ) o f co urse denotes L2 wi th respect to the area e lement dS � on s .
where
Proo f :
a_ 1
De fine
by
a_ 1 a simi lar asymptotic formul a as for a 0 n-1-. It follows that a .:_ 0 ) , on ly the exponent is now 2 . n-1 n we h ave to To prove our a ssert1on l" ff 2 >p
Then holds for ( and a E
a
'
--
Lp e stimate a- 1
fI
But i f
I
2 a_ 1
=
C < f * f , a_ 1 >
1 � p - 1 , by Young ' s in q Hence by Holde r the above integral i s finite pro-
f �:: Lp then
e q uality.
A
f *
�:: Lq i f
vided 2 p - 1 +
1 1- n > 1 or -2 -
.!. > �
p
4
+
1
4n
142 The proo f i s complete . Now i t i s easy to e s tablish Theorem (Fe f fe rman ) . l p
I�
�
-
I ).
Then
aa
Proo f ( Ste in ) :
Assume
E
C . P
a
>
�
p
-
1
2'
! >! + p
4
1 4 n (where
In view o f the asymptotic formula
(explicitly given only when a = 0 ) we may a s we l l suppo se n + ! > 0 and that a = a is de fined by s= a2 a p cos l x l n l x l ;l + a
aa ( x ) =
a (x)
( in a neighborhood of
oo
)
•
Wri te A =
q,
a,
av = <jJ v a
with q, , { <jl v } �=O as in chap . 3 but for a change de fined in lRn = lR� (not lR� ) . I t now suf fice s to show that (1 7 )
with as sume assume
s
> 0.
S ince
supp f C Kv p < 2.
•
supp a v e Rv we may in conside ring a \) * f (A * f cause s no trouble ! ) We furthe r
From Holde r ' s ine q ua l i ty and Pl ancherel we get n
c 2 n
c 2
\) p
\) p
I I av * f I I L = 2
143 We next obse rve with Fe ffe rman that the main contribution to �v ( � ) come s from the set R0 = { 2 - 1 < 1 � 1 � 2 } . The re fore we have v� 1/2 1/2 2 s up ( ! I f ( 0 1 2 ds � ) I I av * f I I L � C 2 P ( ! I �v ( �) 1 d � ) p 2-1
invoking the lemma and again P lanche re l we get
I I av * f I I L p <
c
v n� C 2 p
v � - v ( n 2+ l + a ) v � 2 p 2 2 2
=
( modulo Fe ffe rman ) The re fore ( 1 6 ) fo l lows and Remark .
he proo f i s complete .
s from Fe f fe rman ' s theorem that for
I t fo
radial function s th . 1 can be imp roved somewhat . I f 1 an d 1' f u u ( x) i s a function with compact when a > n- 2 p u ( l � l > i t follows th at support <: ( O , oo ) then setting � ( � ) =
-
u
E:
p
n 1
p
1 p +
E:
( E: > 0 ) = >
whi l e a s th . 1 give s on ly u
E: p
Notice again that
n-1 + p 1
E:
n-1 > n p p
(
E: >
1
2
0)
=
>
(If
a ao
E:
cp . E:
c p we re true we
144 would have u
E
A
a
=>
but thi s i s so only i f
E
C
p
l or p
n
=
2.)
See more on the se
matte rs in Chap . 1 0 . In orde r not to con fuse the reade r we s tate explicitly that the pre ce ding discus s ion o f the multipl ier theorem for the bal l , through important by i tse l f , was on ly a digre s sion wh ich had no t much to do with our main theme , the study of Be sov space s .
That i s why the previous theorem has not eve n
got a number . We le ave now our discus sion o f Fourier mul tipliers and turn to our se cond ob j ect , that of ( o rdinary ) multiplie rs . Generally speak ing the set o f all mul tip l iers in X will be deno ted by M X.
(We only cons ide r the case o f j ust one
space . ) I f X i s a Banach space o f fun ctions or distributions in lRn it is easy to see that M X ' = MX whe re X' denote s the dua l space .
There fo re in discus s ing Be sov or po tential
space s we may re strict atte ntion to the case case
s <0
thus being captured by dua l i ty .
discuss ion o f the intermedi ate case
s
=
ought to be rather inte re s ting by itse l f . that
M LP
=
s > 0 , the We omi t the
0 , which however Le t u s also notice
L00 , l � p � oo , as i s easy to ve r i fy .
Our first re sult i s : Theorem 9 .
For any
s
>0
( and
l � p � oo
0 < q � oo ) holds :
145
Proo f :
Let
{:=O
and 4> be our usual te s t functions ,
normal ized by 00
I ¢ + 4> = 6 . V=O V Le t
f
t:
f
g
=
(18)
Bps q
and F
b 00
+
I
t:
B sq 00
fv
v =O
•
Then we have B
b
,�,'�' v * f ' F
4> * f
00
+ v=O I bv
and s imil arly for b .
Putting
bf we thus get g
BF
+
B
00
00
00
00
v E o f v + w � o b wF + v E o w E o I
We want to e s timate
¢ A* g .
(T e e stimation o f ¢ * g cause s
no trouble since i t i s clear tha attention to the te rms
b w fv
¢ A * b w fv
g t: Lp . ) Let us re strict ( The other one s can be A
A
e stimate d in the s ame way ) . Since supp b w R w and supp f v Rv ce rtain of the se terms wi l l be 0 . The re are those for whi ch 2W
+ 2 v ,;, 4 · 2 A
'
as can be seen by a s imple geometric cons ide ration . we h ave roughly two cases to cons ide r 1 ° v > A and
Thus
14 6 and
2 ° 11 � A
In case l 0 , tak ing first the s um ove r 11 ,
o
since I l L: b11 l l L � C , we get the contribution 00
I I fv I I L p
o
Simil arly in case 2 ° , this time taking fi rst the s um ove r v , since I l L: fv I I L < C , we ge t p
Thus the ove r all contribution to
I I fv I I L p
( 19 )
2As
+ C
l: 11�A
I I g11 I I L oo
Togethe r with s imilar e stimate s for the o ther te rms we easily see that
and thus
gE Bps q
In an entire l y s imilar way we can obtain
0
eve n sharper re s ul ts . and de fine
p
by
=
assuming also o < s<� =p n Then holds : p
()
L00- > M Bps q
Let
Theorem 1 0 . s B ps q
'
0
l < p � oo
147 Proo f :
The p roo f given for th . 9 has to be changed at
one point onl y .
Name ly in c ase 2 ° we ge t , using Lemma 1 of
Chap . 3 , fo r e ach term , the e stimate C I I b I I L I I fv I I L ,:S c I I b lJ I I L 2 lJ p p' p v ( p� ' - s+n ) -v s 2
v (� - � . ) P P I If I I v Lp n \) 2 p'
Thus ( 1 9 ) has to be rep laced by (19
I
)
As I I fv I I L + C 2 p
and the re s t of the argument i s the same . I t i s a lso po s s ible to prove the fol lowing re sult. Theorem 1 1 . For any s > 0 Bps q L i s a ( q uasi- ) Banach algebra . In particular B s q is a ( q uas i - ) �nach algebra i f n In particul a holds thus i n thi s s>� q "" 1 p or i f s = p case : 00
I
�
\
\
Proof : show that
Le t b and f both be in Bps q (i L We want to g bf i s in the s ame space . We again use ( 1 8 ) 00
but now we can tre at b and f in a symmetric manne r .
Indeed
we get exactly the s ame e s timate in case 2 ° a s in case 1 ° . To be p re ci se in pl ace o f ( 19 ) there appears now the contribution
148 ( 19 " ) A sl ightly weake r re sul t than the one in
Remark 1 .
th . 10 can be obtained by inte rpol ation by s tarting with the n 1 � 1 two endpoint re sul ts Lp = L and M BpP Bp p We leave the detai l s for the re ade r . 00
-+
Not al l o f the above re sults extend to
Remark 2 .
Bps q Why? Howeve r th . 11 indeed doe s gene ra l i ze . n 1 particular thus BPp i s a Banach algebra . •
In
We have con side red only Be sov space s . Analogous results hol d for poten tial space s Pps . One h as then to make use o f the Paley-Littlewood type repre sentation Remark 3 .
of the norm. \ve now ask how good are the above re s ul ts . We observe that the function 1 certain ly is in M B; q whatsoe ver the parameters are .
At first sight thi s might be thought to be
a di s appo intment , fo r 1 cannot be long to a Be sov space ( un le s s p
= oo
)
•
However we shall see that our re sults at least
local ly are of pre c i sely the ri ght orde r . We shal l in troduce a new type o f p artition o f unity in ( C f . e . g . the tre atment in Chap . 4 and 5 . ) We choo se a net of di s j oint paral le l congruent cube s { I } fil ling up JRn We construct a family { ¢ I } of te s t functions •
such that
149 ct> I supp
E
c ""
cp i
2 I
I
if
X E:
I
I
for e ach We also construct a second such famil y
a
•
{ � I } such that
1
(20 )
We next de fine l inear mappings
In view of ( 2 0 ) we have S o T
id
I t i s easy to ve r i fy that
Here generally speaking i f
i s a "bundle " o f space s A I (ove r our net o f cube s ) we denote by � p ( { A I } ) the space o f { AI }
150
By interpolation we obtain (s > 0 ) -> .
For S we have to reve rse the
In particular holds
By dualitie s we can include the case interpolation the case
s
=
0.
s<0
and by a new
We may summarize a l l thi s in
the fol lowing commutative diagram :
.Q, p ( { Bpsp ( I ) } )
or by s aying that B; p i s a re tract of
.Q, p ( { B; p ( I ) } ) .
From
thi s we can readi ly re ad o ff ( th i s corre sponds to th . 4 in the case of Fourie r multipl iers ! ) Theorem 12 . b
E:
We have for any s :
MBpsp < = >
sup I I cp i b I I < MBpsp I
00
151 We leave it to the reader to supply the particulars . In parti cular we get : Coroll ary . E
b
PROBLEM.
If
s > p!:.. then
M Bpsp < = >
< sup l l b l l sp I Bp ( I )
00
To e xtend the above to the case of Bps q with
general q . Remark .
The above , notably th . 1 2 and its corollary , genera l i ze to the case of P ps 1 < p < oo We conclude this chapte r by giving an app l i cation to ,
•
part ial di ffe rential e q uation s . Example . degree
m
Le t A be a partial d i f fe rential operator of in lRn whi ch i s uni formly e l l iptic in the sense
that the fol lowing a priori e stimate holds
He re I I · I I s
I I·I I
cons tant C depends on
l
00
, or I I · I I
but not on I .
The
Then follows
I I u I I s < c I I Au I I s -m + c I I u I I s _ 1 • One can use thi s to show the fol lowing regularity theorem : I f u E X s-l and Au E X s-m then u E X s , where we have written Pps or Bpsp . As an application o f the appl ication we mention Xs
152 the following re sult :
If
A
i s formal ly s e l f adj oint then
A
i s se l f-adjoint in the Hilbert space L 2 ( i . e . the corre sponding minima l ope rator is se l f-adj oint) .
153
Note s Theorem 1 can be tra ce d back to Hirschman ' s paper [ 9 7 ] ( c f . the di s cussion in Peetre [ 9 5 ] ) .
For inter-
polated ve rsion ' s of Mikhlin ' s theorem see l ikewi se Pee tre [ 9 5 ] , and Littman [ 9 8 ] .
Th . 2 probab ly be longs to
folklore , c f . e . g . Johnson [ 6 9 ] .
( I mys e l f le arne d i t
from Hormander (personal commun i cation ) . )
Th . 3 i s
The counte rexample to Cp � B 000 C p can be found in Ste in-Zygmund [ 9 9 ] and also in Littman-
mentioned i n Peetre [ 1 8 ] .
McCarthy and Rivie re [ 8 0 ] .
Be fore that I stated it as
an open p roblem in both [11] and [55] but nobody seems to have noticed i t !
Th . 4 i s s tate d ( in a d i f fe rent fo rm) in
[ 9 9 ] but i t really goe s back to Hardy-Littlewood ( c f . Taib le son [ 15 ] , Pee tre [ 1 8 ] , [ 5 5 ] . case
Y
=
%
of ex. 1
Conce rn ing the ( l imiting
see Fe ffe rman-Stein [ 3 6 ] .
\
The mul tiplier problem for the bal l has its or
�'
in
the work of Bochner ( see He rz [ 1 0 0 ] ) and L . Schwartz [ 1 0 1 ] . Ste in ' s re sul t ( a > (n- 1 ) / p ) is in [ 1 0 9 ] .
A
brie f summary
of the present situat ion including new proo f s of the CarlesonS j ol in and S j ol in re sults can be found in [ 10 3 ] . ment is al so taken ove r from [ 1 0 3 ] .
Our tre at-
S te in ' s lemma occurs
alre ady in Fe ffe rman ' s original tre atment [ 1 0 4 ] .
Le t us also
remark that the analogue o f the mul tip lier problem for certain class ical unidimens ional e xpansions ( Le gendre se rie s etc . ; c f . Chap . 1 0 ) was completely sol ved much earlie r ; see e . g .
154 Pol lard [ 10 5 ] , Wing [ 1 0 6 ] , Newman-Rudin [ 1 0 7 ] , AskeyHirschman [ 10 8 ] , Herz [ 1 0 0 ] . The fact that potential and Be sov space s are algebras for mul tipli cation i f s i s suf fi ciently l arge i s in the The ins ight that � p i s an algebra i f i s said to originate from Schaude r but I do not know
fo lk theorem leve l . k
> p�
the e xact re fe rence .
The homogeneous analogue o f th . 11
( see remark 2 ) i s in He rz [ 6 6 ] .
Multip liers fo r potential
space s have been considered by S trichartz [ 1 0 9 ] .
He has in
part i cular the s ame parti tion o f uni ty and he note s the loc a l i z ation prope rty ( th . 1 2 ) .
The appl ication to p artial
diffe rential e q uat ions is from Peetre [ 1 1 ] ( c f . Browder [110 ] ) .
155
Quotation :
Why don ' t you q uote me ? Anonymous
Chapter
8.
Approximate pseudo-ide ntitie s .
I n the previous discussion the de fini tion o f Be sov space s , used the very part icular te s t functions { '��' v }00v=O ' ¢
(or {
reader via the heuristic argument given in Chapter 1 .
we want to re lax the conditions imposed on the te st functions . Thi s wil l give us a much greater degree o f flexibi l i ty in many s i tuat ions .
Remember al so that in Chapter 1 we mentioned
e q uivalent de finition s using fini te di ffe rence s or the Poi s son dU h f ( case a . ) and t () t ( case f . ) . We now want to tre at this from a rathe r general point o f view
integral , speci fically
/':..
pertaining to approximation theory .
�
I
By an approximate identity one usually means a se uence
{ a r } such that a r -+6 as r -+ oo in some sense or oth . Then ar * f -+ f holds in a corre sponding sense , unde r su · table assumptions on f . To fix the ide a s let us always as s ume that ,
ar i s obtained from a give n function by dil ation . rn cr( rx )
or
�r ( E, )
Then we must have J n cr ( x ) dx JR
1
or
� (O ) = 1
�
15 6
Let us now drop the latter re q uireme n t .
Then we ge t an
approximate pseudo-identity -- we have to have some name for it so thi s is as good as any othe r .
Let us give some example
or be any approximate identity { re s tricted by the above homogene ity
o f how approximate p seudo-identitie s arise .
Let
Tr - o i s an approximate pseudo-identity . We have or { I; ) = T{ 5_ r ) - 1 . Clearly now � * f -+ 0 . More generally we may conside r Tr given by assumption , by convenience ) .
Then
0
r
A
� { ];. r ) -
k .:_ O ; the
C a are s ui table factorials . It i s conce ivable that thi s o r tends to 0 the faster the bigge r for some
k
is.
This leads u s to the general problem whi ch i s the one
which will be con side red in what fo llows :
Given an approxi-
f E: Lp , what can be s aid about as r -+ oo the rate o f convergence o f l l o r * f I I L p OUr first re sul t in this sense reads · - s 1 and f E: B s oo for Theorem 1 . As sume that 0 E: B 1 p some s . Then
mate p se udo-identity and give n
I
1 1 ° r * f I lL p
{1)
as
r -+ 0
In particular the condition on • 1 with s E { s 0 , s 1 ) . sB 1 0 n B l
holds . 0
O { r -s )
•
-s
oo
-s
co
0
or
()()
i s ful f i l led if
157
Proo f .
We could use one o f the mul t ipl ie r theorems of
the previous chapter but for simplici ty we wri te down a dire ct proo f . I f { �'�' } 00=i s our se q uence o f te st fun ction s obeying oo v v the norma l i zation assumption 00 I
\) = - oo
=o
I
we clearly have 00
\) = -
00
(
0r )
* (
Thus we obtain
0
( The r i s e s sentially
r :::: 2 lJ then
•
fore we also ge t 00
\) = -
00
2- V
S
I I
0
I I L1 <
-
c
r -s
The proo f i s complete . Next we prove a re sul t in the oppo s i te sense . need a Tauber ian condition on
0
•
Here we
158
Theorem 2 .
E B- s oo an d that l
{ cr "I 0 } _::_) R ( l )
(2) If
0
As sume that
S'
f E
B s oo p By the famous theo rem o f
and i f ( l) i s ful filled then
Proo f .
Choo se
r = 2
v
•
f
E
•
Wiener ( 2 ) imp l i e s that we can divide
0r
l/J v*
with I l l/! ) I L .::_ C . l
Then =
f
( 0r
* f)
al so holds and we at once obtain -vs I I
p
•
p
00
and the proof i s complete . f E Bps More generally we have
There fore
Corol lary .
N V {0
(2 I ) If
A
j=l f
s
s '
for e ach
.
J
"I 0} R ( l )
(j = l1
•
•
•
•
•
•
1 N ) and that
•
0
repl aced by • s 00 1 N ) then f s Bp
and i f ( l ) 1 with j
l121
As sume that
•
0
j 1 i s fulfil led
159
Remark 1 . We have in the foregoing characterized the space Bps , thus taking = However, it is only a matter of routine to extend the result to the case o f general B• pS q Then ( 1 ) of course has to be replaced by 00
g
00
•
dr r
(1')
1
)
g
<
oo
In what follows for convenience we go on considering the special case = oo only . This is also the most natural one from the point of view of approximation theory . Remark 2 . Let us return for a moment to theorem 1 taking for simplicity s = 0 , p = oo In view of theorem 2 It is not we see that 0 in ( 1 ) can not be replaced by even possible to assert that crr * f (x) tends to a limit at any point x JRn Here is a counter-example . Take n = 1 and assume also for simplicity that supp ;C:R ( l ) but ; ( l ) 1 f 0 . Choose f of the form g
•
o
E:
•
=
f
ix2v f e \) v =l 00
L:
with l l f ) I L oo .::._ c , supp fvC K ( � ) . The convergence of would then imply the existence r f (x) at one point x to arrange that this limit never of \)lim ->- 00 f\) (x) but it is easy exists . Now some concrete illustrations for th. 1 and th. 2 , along with the latter ' s corollary. a
*
E: m.
160
Example 1 . oj r
==
0te .
J
-8
'
( EJ
0
e
==
j oJ. r * f
==
i s; .
J -
1 (j
ll t e . f ( t
J
==
==
s ati s fy the Tauberian condition ( 2 ' ) . Indeed that show that
l, r- 1 )
•
.
•
Also
•
,n) i.e. The O . E:
J
o .
j o intly
J
A
o . E: A ( boun de d measure ) i s se l fevident and to J -1 co iS. we J· us t remark that ( e J -1 ) / s . i s the o . E: B· co
J
J
inve rse Fourier transform o f the characteristic fun ction o f an interval . characte ri ze
There fore , the opera tor ll te . can be used to J co Bps as long as 0 < s < 1 , i . e . •
0 ( ts ) a s
t -+ 0
co B• ps Lip s i f 0 < s < 1 . is . ,., ( e J -1) 2 ( j =l , Example 2 . o . ( S )
In particul ar
or co ( j == l ,
•
•
•
,n)
==
J
is entire l y simi l a r .
==
•
We fin d , as long a s
•
•
,n) .
Thi s case
0 <s <2,
co 2 f E: 8ps <=> I l llte . f I I L p J Example 3 . 0 as
(s )
= I t;, le - I t;, 1 .
Thi s time we find , as long
s < 1, co
Here (as in Chapte r 1 ) u denote s the Po i sson integral o f f . This se ttle s then case s
a . , d . and f . o f chapter 1 .
The
reader can now certainly d i splay by h imsel f the proof s in the remaining case s o f the l i st
a . -j .
16 1
We can now also think out as general i z at ions various new case s . Example 4 .
A
0 . ( €; ) J
Now we mus t take k 1 < s < k . We then obtain a de scription of Bps q using the kth order Taylor remainde r . Next an example pertaining to approximation theory . Example 5 .
-
a
We take
identity , in the sense that
= T - 8 where T i s an approximate A
T( O ) = 1 .
More spe ci fical ly i f
H ( €; ) i s a given homogeneous pos itive function , s ay H ( €: ) = l €: l m , we fix attention to the case ( c f . chapter 7 ) A
u ( H (€; ) ) ,
T ( €; ) wi th
u ( O ) = 1 ( to as sure
�(0 ) = 1 ) .
obtain the Rie s z mean s , i f
u(A)
Assuming that in addition
u ' (0 )
f
If
u ( A ) = ( 1- A ) a+ we
e - A the Abel - Po i s son mean s .
0 ( thus a k ind o f second
orde r Tauberian condition ) and impo sing i f nece s s ary conven i e n t regul arity assumptions on u , we may ve ri fy that a s B• 1- s l i f s < m . We obtain in this the fol lowing re sul t : I f s < m • Soo -s In other then l i ar * f I l L O ( r ) , r __,_ oo i f f f s Boo p words , somewhat loose l y spe aking , we get an increased orde r •
o f conve rgence by increa sing the regulari ty o f f . are approaching
s = m
beyond that l imit .
But. i f we
no matter what we do we cannot get
We say (with Favard) that the approximation
i s saturated with the s atura t ion index i t by the figure be low :
s = m.
We il lus trate
162
.5
Leaving the spe c i fi c e xample aside we prove now some o f the s implest re sults conne cted with s aturation : Theorem 3 . pos i tive and
C
00
Let
H(�)
be a given homogeneous fun ction ,
for � 1- 0 and de fine
A
by
A f
=
H (� )
A
f (O
(i) As sume that
0
S'
(�)
Then i f
fs
(3)
I I or * f I l L p
( ii )
with
1 < p < oo then
n c� ) H ( � ) , A f s Lp
11
s
11.
it fo l lows that
0 ( r -m ) ,
r
-r
0 or oo
Conve rsely i f ( 3 ) holds true and i f ;
if
n (O ) f. 0
must be a polynomia l .
Proo f :
with s
=
ful fils the
then
•
Al so i f ( 1 ) holds with f
11
(= ( 1 )
A f s Lp p rovide d A f E: 11. p = oo we can only conclude
Tauberian condition (iii)
=
(i)
We have
s> m
and i f again
n (0 ) f. 0
m)
16 3
0 * f r
r -m 11r * A f
There fore we ge t at once I I 0r * f I I L ..':. r -m I I \ I I A I lA f I I ..':. C r -m Lp p
(ii)
By Wiene r ' s theorem there exists "'
n ( t; )
"'
w
l
( t; )
w
c:
A such that
in a neighborhood o f
Let
A
0.
=
l and with
contained in a sufficiently sma l l ne ighborhood o f 0 .
Then we h ave "'
rm r *
w
r * ( 0r * f )
and i t fol lows that
In o ther words the famil y { \- * A f } r O i s uni formly bounded > in Lp . By weak comp actne s s and
•
(iii)
Now the s ame argument give s
16 4
I I
Af
0.
C r - E:
The re fore
s >o
1
supp f
{
0 } and f i s
a polynomia l . Remark .
Perhap s we now al so understand bet te r why Lip 1 i s not a Be sov space . In fact ( the argument o f ) theorem 3 shows that
Lip 1 =
w
:
1
which is of course wel l -known . the s ame way we find Lip 1 p = wp1 1 < p < oo as we 1 1 as l which is also wel l-known . w\
In
Let us re turn to the study of Be sov space s proper .
We
1
wil l now make use o f the ci rcumstance s that we can al low te st functions {
(5)
=
0
if
I a I
where
k
is a given inte ger
(6) As sume
s < k.
Then we have
f s B s()() ()() <=> sup 2 v s i i
Proof :
•
Use th . 1 and 2 .
Example 6 .
The s implest way o f obtaining such a se q uence
165
i s by dil ation starting with a given one ¢ E: S , sat i s fying ( 5 ) ; \J n ( 2 \! x ) . ¢ ¢, } x ) = 2 We give now seve ral appl ication s o f the new de finition of Be sov space provided by th . 4 . Example 7 . Then lJ E: .8:, (n-d) K
=
Let
lJ
' oo where
be a positive Radon measure in mn
•
0 < d < n , i ff for eve ry ball
K (x , r) in lRn with center at x and radius r holds rd
(7)
Indeed by th . 4 and e x . 6 we have
lJ
�:: .B :( n-d)
! ¢ ( 2 \! (x-y) ) d lJ ( y ) .::_
(8) for a given
¢
E:
S
satis fying ( 5 )
uni t bal l
K
¢(0 ) =
2 -\J d
But s ince
s< 0
condition
l , s ay , and supp ¢ i s contained in the
=
K (O ,l) .
( 8 ) are e q uivalent .
i ff
There fore we may a s sume that ¢ is
( 5 ) i s in fact voi d . posi tive with
•
c
' oo
I t i s now readily seen that ( 7 ) and
Me asure s
lJ
satis fying condition ( 7 ) ,
sometime s known as d-dime n sional , play a great role in po tential theory , in connection with Example 8 .
d-dimensional Hausdorff measure .
(proo f o f th . 4 o f chap . 4 ) .
We wi sh to prove
that conditions ( 5 ' ) , ( l l ) and ( 1 2 ) o f chap . 4 imp ly (We know by now that this indeed imp lie s to e s timate
A
a �:: L
00
!)
We h ave
166
I I ¢v * a i i L = ! I ! ¢v (y) a (x-y ) dy i dx l where
( 6 ) , with k = l . We bre ak up the ¢v s at i s fie s ( 4 ) integra l s into parts , one with integration over mn ' K - v + l • the other with integration over K Using ( 5 ' ) o f chapter -v+ 1 • and ( 5 ) we obtain -
f ¢v ( y ) a ( x-y) dy i dx
f
I !K
·
-v
¢v ( y ) ( a ( x-y) -a ( x ) ) dy i dx <
J < c 2v n JK ( I a ( x-y) - a ( x ) I dx ) dy - v nP ·, K - V +l
v < c 2 n
dy � c < !K -\)
00
Simi larly using ( l l ) and ( 12 ) o f chap . 4 and ( 6 ) we obtain fK
-v +l fK
i f ¢v ( y ) a ( x-y) dy
I f K +x ( ¢\! ( y ) - ¢v( x ) ) a ( x-y) dy I dx _v + l _v
v < C 2 - (n+l ) <
c
I dx =
2 - v (n+l ) 2 -
fK
v
f
K- v +l
-V
I y I I a ( y ) I dy dx <
dx < C <
oo
�
4
167
These two e s timates toge the r yield I I
-+
I
•
00
2\)
(k=O , :t_l , :t_2 , . . . ) .
Since
c
2 v sup l f ( b ) - f ( a ) 1 a , bt: I k
I t fo llows that 1 p -v p ( sup I
00
I I
<
c
\) ( p1 2
1)
00
sup 2:: v =- oo a 1b E i k
168
< c 2 which i s what there was to prove . Example 1 0 .
The techni q ue of e x . 9 can be used in
connection with seve ral other clas ses o f space s re late d to Vp . We intend to return to thi s in the last chap . 1 2 . He re we con s ider only the space L p A. of Stampacchi a . �'Je p re fer (We have L p A. = B s ; P with here the no tation B s ; P A.= n + s p , p = P ) We s ay that f E: B s ; P i f f for e ach ball •
•
K = K ( x 0 , r) holds
£:.
(9 )
I f (x)
-
Tr
for some polynomia l k i s a fixed inte ge r
n
1
( x ) I P dx ) P .::._
C
rs
, depending o n K , o f degree > s , and
C <
co
< k , where
independent o f K .
We
claim that Bs · p
( 10 )
'
-+
B• coS
co
•
To prove ( 1 0 ) it s uffice s to notice that ( 9 ) i s e q uivalent with s �p I I
( 11 ) a
where a t: L
p
I
a
r * f / I Lco .::._
C
rs
runs through the set o f all fun ctions 1 + 1 = 1 > with I I a I I 1 sat i s fying conditions LP ' p' p =
169
corre sponding to ( 4 ) and ( 5 ) ; o f course , the conne ction between o and or is o r { x ) = 1 n o ( X ) Indeed thi s is r r j us t e ssentially the conve rse o f Holde r ' s ine q ual i ty . It i s -
-
.
p lain that ( 1 1 ) in particular imp l ie s
CD for our se q uence { 1\ ) of te s t function s . This prove s f E: B SCD . I f s > 0 the -+ in ( 1 0 ) can be reve rsed , in other words we B� oo i rre spe ctive ly o f P . (Campanato-Meye rs ) . have B s ; P . 0 we can on ly prove that B s p i s independent o f P If s o
=
=
'
( John-Nirenberg) .
Let us
Thi s i s the famous space B . M . O .
remark that obvious ly
f E: L00
implies
f E: B . M . 0 .
so that
we have the embeddings L CD -+ B . M . O . -+ Now we want to introduce some maximal funct ions re late d to our space s . Le t us begin with a general orientation . operators usually arise in conne ction with
Maximal
a.e .
conve rgence
To be spe c i f i c let { T r } r > O be a fami ly o f continuous linear operators T r : E -+ F whe re of fami l i e s of l inear ope rators .
E
i s any abs tract q uasi-Banach space and
space on a me asure space assumed that
lhl
function space " ) .
..:::_
s-6
F
a q uasi-Banach
carrying the measure
J.l
; it i s
l g l , gE:F=>h E: F ( i . e . , F is a " q uasi-Banach Then we de fine the corre sponding maximal
170
ope rator by M f (x)
H
Then
sup I T r f ( x ) I f E r >0
=
i s no longer line a r .
E
B u t i f we assume that
H:
E +F
at least i s continuous and i f we know that
lim T r f ( x ) exists a . e . when f be longs to some dense subspace E 0 of E then we may conclude that
lim T r f ( x ) r >O Inde e d to this end let us set
e xi s ts a . e . for e ve ry
f EE .
N f (x)
Then
N: E +F =
i s continuous a t 0 ( since N f < 2 M f ) and
f E E 0 • Our claim i s that N f (x ) 0 a . e . for fEE . Indeed for any E > o choose f 0 E E 0 so that I I f - f 0 I I < E • Then i t fol lows that I I N f I I 2_ C ( I I N ( f- f 0 ) I I + I I N f 0 I I ) 2_ C I If - f 0 I I + 0 < CE and
N f (x)
N f
=
0.
0
a . e . for
The re i s al s o a converse o f the above re sult ( the
Banach-Saks theorem) . Taking
Example 1 1 . f (x)
lRn
X
1 me a s . K ( x , r )
,
fl
Lebe sgue measure , let
fK ( , r ) f ( y ) dy • X
Then M is ( e s sential ly) the Hardy-Li ttlewood maxima l operator . The Hardy-Littlewood maximal theorem s imply says that M : L1 + L1 oo and
M: Lp+ L P
if
1 < p < oo •
As a conseq uence
171
we obtain
T r f (x )
-+
f (x) a . e .
E:
Lp , l -< p < oo , whi ch i s Lebe sgue ' s ce lebrated theorem on d i f fe rentiation o f the in f
for
-
de finite integral . Example 12 .
Another famous maximal ope rator i s the
Carle son maximal operator related to the a . e . conve rgence o f . s on T l . the F our1er ser1e .
Afte r thi s general remark let us return to our Besov and potential space s .
Using Paley-Littlewood type theorems
i t is not hard to prove that f E: Pps => sup l 0 r * f l /r s r> O unde r suitable as sumptions on 0 s tronger results whe re the of te st functions 0 Theorem 4 .
Let
f E:
PPs =>
Then
holds where
0
Remark .
Lp
We now wish to prove
•
range s ove r a whole fami ly
He re is a resul t in thi s sense : s l l < p < n De fine p by pl p n s
sup r>O
sup l 0 r * f I Ir s t: Lp oo 0
runs through the set o f all functions
l 0 E: L p ' ( !_p + p' fx a. 0 ( x ) dx = 0 re sult with
•
sup
E:
p = 00
l ) with l l 0 l l L , l , supp 0 C. K ( l ) and p n there i s a similar i f l a. l � s . I f p -> s =
•
By the conve rse o f the argument o f e xample 1 0
we can al so e xpre s s the re sul t a s fol lows :
172
• f E Pps => sup r> O
l lf (y ) - n (y ) I P dy ) P /r sE L p oo
f
in f TI
K ( x , r)
•
I t fol lows re adi ly that we have the Tay lor e xpansion : ( mea s . l K ( x , r ) Proo f :
f
K (x , r )
C ( y -x )a D f ( x ) ) a a
( f (y) -
We want to e stimate
=
=
I t suffice s to take x 0 0, r l . S ince we have f I - s g with g E: Lp . Thus we are face d with the e xpre ss ion =
f 0 ( -x )
f a( - x) f
f ( x ) dx
f a( -x )
f (
l
I X - Yl
1
l x - Y l n-s
C ( -x ) a I a I� s a
y.
D
/..,
"
n s _
He re we have used the Tay lor expansion for po int
g ( Y ) dy dx 1 ) g (y ) dy J a I Y l n-s
l
n s at the lx - Y l We divide the integral into two p arts . First we
integrate ove r the set { l x I <
}
I Yl }
The inner integral can
be e s timated by C l x l k+l where
M
I I f n-s+k+l x 2 I Y I > l l lzl g (y)
dy < C I x i s M g ( O )
is the Hardy-Littlewood maximal operator ( see
example 1 0 ) and
k
the intege r p art o f s .
Thus we get the
�
173
bound C J I x I s I a ( x) I dx M g ( 0 ) In orde r to e stimate the integral ove r the complementary set { l x l
�
i I yI }
we con s ide r e ach term by i tsel f .
First
come s the term J a ( -x)
f1
g (y) n -s l x i >2 1YI I x - yl
=
dy ) dx
J a ( -x) h ( x ) dx
He re by the theorem of Hardy-Littlewood ( see chap . 2 ) h E L
p
and we get the e stimate l l o i i L • l l h l l L 2_ C I I oi ! L ( f K (2 ) P P P 1 p p (M I g I ( 0 ) ) ,
1 P P l g (y ) ! dy )
•
The re remain the terms corning from the Taylor e xpans ion . long as l a l < s
there arise no comp l i cations and we re adily C ! l o l l L 11 g ( 0 ) Howeve r 1 i f 1 we must use an auxi l i ary fact from
get e st imate s o f the type ! a l = s and thus
As
k
=
s
•
the Cal de ron- Zygrnund theory not mentioned in chap . that unde r suitable as sumptions on J a ( y ) f ( x-y) dy IY I� E
-+ J
a
holds
a ( y ) f ( x-y ) dy
for eve ry
f E Lp
1
a.e . 1 2_ p < oo
4 1
name ly
1 74
and that we have good e stimate s for the corre sponding maximal functions .
Espe cial ly if
p > l ( and we are in thi s
situation ) this i s n o t ve ry difficult . to the reade r .
We leave the details
1 75
No te s In writing thi s chapter we have obtained much inspi ration from the beauti ful work o f Shapiro [ 2 0 ] , [2 1 ] ( see al so Boman-Shapiro [ 6 0 ] ) . (We are awful l y sorry that we have not been able to write in an e q ually lucid manner ! )
The use o f
Wiene r ' s theo rem i n particul ar i n connection with theorem 3 stems from Shapiro .
We re frain howeve r from making a more
detailed comparison . [ 1 12 ] .
We mention also Lofstrom [ 1 1 1 ] , [ 5 9 ] ,
Regarding the problem o f s aturation we re fe r to the
work of Butzer and h i s associate s ( " die Butzer Knaben " ) , see e . g . Butzer-Ne ssel [ 1 1 3 ] . due to Spanne [ 1 1 4 ] .
The counter -example in remark 2 i s
I t has the following app l i cation to
partial di f fe rential e q uations :
If
u is the bounde d so lution
of an e l liptic e q uation of orde r > 2 then its po intwise boundary value s nee d not e x i s t .
Thi s should b e contrasted to
the case o f se cond orde r e q uation ( Fatou ' s theorem e t c . ) . C f . Spanne [ 1 15 ] .
In th i s context see al so S trichart z [ 1 16 ] .
Conce rn ing the use o f d - dimensional measure s see Adams [ 1 1 7 ] , [ 1 1 8 ] ( c f . Pee t re [ 5 6 ] ) . Stampacchia in [ 1 19 ] .
The space s
LPA
we re introduced by
The pre sent treatment fol lows the
survey article by Peetre [ 1 2 0 ] .
The space B . M . O . was first
treated by John -Nire nbe rg [ 1 2 1 ] , whose p aper al so contains the independence o f
p
( th i s i s the John-Nirenberg lemma ) .
He re
" B . M . O . " i s usua l ly interpre ted as ( functions o f ) "bounded mean oscil lation " but it real ly s tands for my children Ben j amin , Mikae l a and Oppi .
The fame o f B . M . O . rose enormously
176
when Fe f fe rman-Ste in [ 36 ] a few years ago identified B . M. O. as the dual o f the Hardy space H 1 { mn+ + l ) { see Chap . 2 and l l ) Theorem 4 i s mode l led on a re s ul t by Calderon and Zygmund [ 1 2 2 ] { see also Ste in [ 14 ] ) .
The mi s s ing e stimate for maximal
functions can also be found in Pee t re [ 1 2 3 ] .
A good introduc-
tion to the entire sub j e ct o f a . e . conve rgen ce { Banach-Sak s etc . ) are al so Cot lar ' s note s [ 1 2 4 ] .
We further mention Garsia ' s
little book [ 12 5 ] which a l so contains a di scussion o f Carle son ' s work { re fe rred to in e x . 1 2 ) .
Chapter 9 .
S tructure o f Be sov Space s .
In thi s chapter we will con side r our space s from the point o f view o f topological vector space s .
Mo re pre ci se ly
we wish to determine their i somorphism classe s . We shall deal not only wi th space s de fined in the whole o f mn but al so with space s defined in an arbi trary open subset It of mn • General ly speak ing i f X i s a q uasi - Banach space o f fun ct ions or di s tributions in 1Rn we de fine
as the space o f the re strictions to i.e.
f sX ( It) i f f there exists
re striction o f
g
to
It
•
It
g sX
X ( lt )
o f the e l emen ts i n X , such that f i s the
The corre sponding q uas i - norm we
de fine by setting I I f I I X ( It )
In other words
= in f I I g I I X
•
X ( rt) gets identi fied to a q uotient o f X : X (rt ) :::
where
XF denote s the subspace o f X cons i s ting o f tho se
fun ct ions or distributions in X the support of which is con X = �p ( Sobo lev space ) thi s was done already in chapter l . h'e obtain the space Wkp ( It ) . Similarl y taking X = Pps or Bps q we obtain the space s Pps ( rt ) tained in F .
In the case
In what fol lows we shal l mostly take
l < p < oo
•
Our
re sults in the extremal case s p = l and p = oo will be rather 177
178
I t i s maybe intere s ting to mention the
incomplete .
fol lowing . I f n = 1 Borsuk proved that al l the space s C k ( I ) , k > 1 , are isomorphic to each other and thus to C ( I ) (= C0 ( I ) ) the space of continuous functions on the closed unit inte rval I .
On the o ther hand , i f n > 1 Henkin proved that the space s Ck ( I n ) , k � 1 , are not even uniform retracts of C ( I n ) whi ch space i s known to be i somorphic to C ( I ) . The proof i s not very difficul t . Fir s t one rep l ace s I n by S n ( the n - dimensional uni t sphere ) . I f Ck ( I ) we re a uni form retract o f C ( I ) i t mus t be injective . I f one con . . s�ders th e mapp�ng grad : Ck ( s n ) -+ C k- 1 ( TSn ) , wh ere TSn � s the tangent bundle o f S n , then there mus t e xi s t a uni form .,_
retraction
M : Ck - l ( TS n ) -+ Ck ( S n ) , i . e . we have
M qgrad
id.
O n the other hand b y a theorem o f Lindenstrauss one can arrange that M i s linear and using invariant inte gration al so invariant ( for the group S 0 ( n ) ) .
But such an invariant
We have a contradiction . A s imilar re sult holds al so for the space s ( I n ) ( S typinsk i ) .
l inear M cannot be continuous .
�
I t i s there fore intere s ting to note that one neve rthe le s s has constructed a Schauder bas is in ( I n ) as wel l as in Ck ( I n )
�
(Cie sie l ski-Domsta and Schone fe l d ) . After the se remarks conce rning Ck ( Q) and fix attention to the case take Q = lRn •
1
<
p
<
oo
•
� ( Q)
let us
For a while we a l so
179 We begin our di scus s ion with the space P; = P; ( JRn )
•
By cor . 1 o f th . 8 o f chap . 3 we know that the i somorphi sm
class of P; doe s not depend on s . In other words all the . to L = L ( JRn ) space s Pps are 1. somorp h 1c But by a theorem p p of von Neumann ' s all space s Lp ( s-2 ) where st is a general measure space carrying a non-atomic measure are isomorphic •
to each other and in particular to the space Lp ( I ) where I i s the uni t interval IR . Thus our contention i s Theorem 1 . Let l < p < oo . Then Pps ::: Lp ( I ) . Next we cons ider B; q = B; q ( JRn ) , 1 < p < oo , 0 < q < 1 . Again we know that the i somorphi sm class at least doe s not depend on s . p l i cate d . matrice s
But o thenvise the s i tuation is much more com-
To formulate the result i s howeve r simple . Let A pq i s the space o f infinite a = @v k } such that 00
l:
V =O ( Later on we a l so use the space � � which is the subspace of A pq con s i s ting of those matrices a which are re stricted 0 Here m = { m) � =O
if
k > mv JN
wi th s up m v = oo . One can show that the i somorphism cla s s o f -A pq doe s not depend on m so we can supres s m in the notation . ) Then we i s a given se q uen ce in
180
have Theorem 2 .
Then
In part icular We know already a weaker re sul t heading in the same direction , name ly that B q i s at lea s t a retract o f tq ( Lp ) . We must now re fine thi s re sul t . We col le ct here some pre-
;
liminary material on re tract s , which al l basically goe s back to Banach . Let us consider general q uasi - Banach space s A and B .
We
sa y that A i s a retract o f B ( in symbol : A « B ) i f there e xist continuous linear mappings T : A + B S
T
=
id .
and
S:
B+A
such that
Thus we have the commutative diagram
We say that S i s a retraction of T ( and T a section o f S ) . Cle arly « i s transitive .
We say that A i s stab le i f f
A « B , B << A => A ::: B ( i somorphism) . The following crite rion for stability of A i s now o f paramount importance for us . Propo sition . t q (A) < < A . Proo f .
Assume that for some
q ( 0 < q .2_ oo ) holds
Then A i s stab le . Let u s fi rst assume that
A �t q ( A ) .
Let B be
181
A << B , B << A.
any space with
Then we may al so wri te
We note that for any E £ q (E) holds ( s ince
JN
and
::l
JN
£ q ( E ) ED E {oo}
are e q uipotent ! ) .
Us ing this we
readily get
Thus it fol lows in thi s special case , that A i s stab le .
For
the general case note that for any E £q (£ q ( E ) ) holds . s table .
;;:
£ q (E)
There fore by the spe cial case £ q (A) a t any rate i s £ (A) << A ( assumption ) ; q A � £ q ( A ) . There fore A i s s tab le .
But then i t fo llows from
A « £ (A) ( trivial ) that q The proof i s complete .
We note some e q ually important corollarie s , with or without the complete proo f .
182 Coroll ary 1 . Then
A
Assume that
A :::: £. q ( E ) or
A :::: Lq ( E ) .
i s s table .
We have already noted that £ q ( t q ( E ) ) :::: £. q ( E ) . But it i s e q ually s imple to prove that t q ( Lq ( E ) ) :::: Lq ( E ) . Proo f .
Thus in e i ther case
A :::: t q (A) and we apply our propos i tion . Corollary 2 . Assume that A « £ q for some 1 < q < oo and that dim A = oo Then A :::: £. q . •
Proo f .
We may assume that A i s a complement subspace
In view of the propos ition i t suffi ce s to show that A con tains a complemented sub space B isomorphic to t q . But of A .
this fol lows readily by a classi cal construction o f Banach ' s , which we choose to omit howeve r . The proo f i s incomplete . Coro l lary 3 . A pq i s stable . Proo f . Apply cor . 1 with E = tp Coro l lary 4 . � pq i s stable . I f 1< - q < oo p .,. q , none o f the space s A pq ' -A pq ' t p or £, q are i somorphic . Also the isomorphi sm class of � pq doe s not depend on the se q uence m = { m) � = o · '
Proo f .
For s tabil i ty i t suffice s to note that
� q which is pretty obvious .
Of the remaining p as sertion s only the non-i somo rphism of A pq and � pq causes some trouble . We show that e ve ry subspace o f � � contains a s ubspace isomorphic to tq . Thi s we do by the construction omitted in the proo f of cor . 2 . s tatement for A i somorphic .
�
is fal se .
Howeve r the analogous
Then the two space s cannot be
The proo f i s highly incomple te .
183
We return back to more concre te matters .
Be fore
approach ing the proo f o f th . 2 , we have to prove al so the fol lowing lemma .
For any c lose d subset we denote by Lp [ G ) the sub space o f Lp = Lp ( lRn ) made up by those f E Lp such that supp f c G . (Note that we use bracke ts [ ] A
and not parenthe se s Let
)
I
in orde r to avo i d confusion with
l < p < oo .
Then for any cube
holds
Lp [ F ) � £ p Indeed i t i s pos s ib le to construct an i somorphism -l II H : Lp [ F ) 9-p such that the operator norms I I H I I and I I H are < C where C i s independent o f F . •
-+
Pro o f .
B y reasons of homogeneity we can take F to be the n-dimensional unit cube , i. e . , F = I n where I [-1 , 1] i s the unit interva l .
By an inductive argument it i s e asy
to reduce one se l f to the case
n = 1 , in which case we wil l
prove the following more pre ci se s tatement : ( 1)
00
1 P P I f ( 2 n m ) l ) .::_ I I f I l L .::_ c 2 ( l: p m=- oo 00
1 P P l f ( 2 nm) I ) , f E L [ I ] P
Here c1 and c2 are certain constants , o f whi ch c 1 can be chosen independent o f p ( e ve n p = 1 , oo i s pe rmi s sible ) . In other words H is the mapping oo H : f -> { f ( 2 n m ) }m-oo _
•
To prove the first half o f ( 1 ) i t suf fice s to prove the following ine q ual ity
184 1 p)p < C I I f I cjJ * f ( 2 nm) I
00
L:
(2)
m=-
co
cjJ
with C depending on
only .
I IL
p
,
cjJ E:
s ,
Again to prove ( 2 ) we need only
to consider the e xtremal cases p = 1 and p = oo and apply the Schur interpo l at ion theorem ( = the corre sponding spe c i al case of
M.
Rie s z-Thorin ) .
The case
turn at once to the case
p
p = 1.
=
oo be ing trivi al , we
In thi s case ( 2 ) fo llows
from the triviality : 00
m=L:- oo I c)J.f f ( 2 nm)
I
<
f
JR
00
L: m=oo l cjJ ( 2 nm-y) l l f (y)l
dy
j ust b y noting that sup y E: :IT<
00
I cjJ ( 2 nm- y ) I .2_ C sup y E: :JR m=- oo L:
00
1 m= - oo 1 + l2rrm-y l 2
It remains to prove the second half o f ( 1 ) .
To thi s end we
write f
D * f ,
where D ( " Dirichlet kerne l " ) i s de fined by the re q ui rement A
that D should be the character i stic function o f I .
( Thus
D = a 0 in the notation used in the connection with the mul tiplier theorem for the ball in chap . 7 . ) Fo r any g then the i de ntity
185
00
� f ( X ) g ( X ) dx holds .
m= -oo
f ( 2 nm ) D * g ( -2Ti m )
Us ing Holde r ' s ine q uality , ( 2 ) app l ie d to D * g
and the fact that
D
E
C p (by M . Rie s z theorem on con j ugate
functions ) we then obtain 00
I f JRf ( x ) g ( x ) dx I :5_
I
1
00
<
<
m=- oo
I
-
( I I f ( 2nm) I p ) p C I I D * g I I L < m=- oo p' 1 p P ( I I f ( 2Ti m) I ) C I I g I I L m=- oo p' 00
The conve rse o f Ho lde r ' s ine q ual i ty prove s our point .
The
proof i s complete . Now finally we are re ady to prove theorem 2 . Proo f o f th . 2 :
VJe cons i je r two famil i e s o f cube s :
H � = { � I I t: J· I :5_ 2 2 v +l ( j =l , • • • , n ) } , J ' = 2 I n
v = 0,1, . . . ) . Note that 2 H" v
C
Rv , 2 R
c_
H' v
A > 0 then AM
( I f M i s any set c.JRn and o f M under the dil ation
v
x
-+
A x. )
1
-
I ( D* g ( ( -2nm) I p ) p
denote s the image
I f we can show that
,
:5_
186
B s pq
(3)
«
Q,q ( { Lp [ H '\) ] } )
ED
Lp [ J ' ]
(4) we conclude from the lemma that
and then from cor . 3 o f the propo s ition that e s tabl i sh ( 3 ) we use our usual te s t fun ctions { 1/! } oo =O , '¥ to obtain mappings \!
S ' · (F , {f \) } 00=0 ) \! •
-+
()()
'¥ * F + l: 2 - \! s 1/J * f : \! \) = 0
I f we impo se the usual normali zation assumption ()()
=
0
we clearly get the crucial re lation to get ( 4 ) we de fine mappings
S'
v
T'
id.
S imilarly
187 v 2- s f
T" : S" :
On \)
f -+ {
*
9-q ( { Lp [ H \)" ] } ) -+ Bp8q
oo f } V= O
where D " i s so de fined that D " i s the characte ri stic function I t i s trivial that S "
o
T"
=
id.
The proo f i s com-
plete . We also note the fol lowing g Theorem 3 . We have B 00oo 9- oo Proo f : By a theorem o f Lindenstrauss i f A < < 9-oo and z
•
.Q, dim A = oo then A Also i t i s known that 00 L 00 = L 00 ( JR n ) 9-00 , a re sul t due to Pel c z ynsk i . Now 8 Bp q << 9-q ( Lp ) al so i f p = oo . In part icular then g B oooo < < 9- oo ( L 00 ) Z L 00 and we are through . Next we con side r the analogue s o f the above re sul ts when the n -dimensional torus Tn is sub s ti tuted for llin Thus we have the space s pp8 = P p8 ( Tn ) and Bp8q = Bp8 q ( Tn ) which are de fined in a complete ly analogous way ( see chapte r 3) . I f z
z
•
we a s usual i de nt i fy a function o n � w i th a periodic function on JRn we see that B 8q Lp ( Tn ) . All the above proo fs go through .
The only s igni ficant change
occurs in connection with the lemma.
More spe ci fical ly
188
corre sponding to ( 1 ) we wi l l have (1' )
1 r 2nm p p cl ( I I f < -r ) l ) < ! I f i l Lp ( T ' ) m=-r r
I < c2 < m=-r
1 P) P 2 m ; if( )l
,
f
E
<
Lp [ I ( r) ]
> 1 . Thi s has the e f fe ct that in theorem 2 in the final end Apq has to be replaced by �pq • Our con tention may be summari zed a s fo l lows :
where
I ( r) = [ - r , r ] , r an integer
Theorems 1 - 3 hold al so in the case o f Tn , with the e xception that �pq should be substituted for Aqp • In particular i f q � p the space s Bps q ( llin ) and Bps q ( Tn ) are S cholium .
A
not i somorphi c . Final ly we conside r arbitrary bounde d open set s
rl C JRn .
(Compact man i fo lds with o r without boun dary would al so do . ) Recal l that for any space X we had de fine d assumpt ion on (*)
The only
Q re l ative to X will be the following :
There exists a continuous l inear mapping
such that i f
f EX ( rl ) then
i s a se ction o f T .
S : X (Q) + X
S f E X i s an extension o f f .
I n o ther words denoting by s
X ( Q) .
T : X + X ( rl ) the re s tri ction map ,
Thus X ( Q ) get s identi fie d to a comple-
I n particular X ( rl ) < < x . Regarding sq s ( * ) it is satis fied (with X = B i f rl sat i s fies a p or pp kind o f " cone condition " The case o f a C boundary wil l
mented subspace of X .
•
be brie fly treated i n the Appendix , B .
00
189
I f ( * ) holds and i f i n addi tion X i s stable for mul ti -
p l i cation by function s i n V , i . e . V M X then i t i s easy to see that X (Si ) < < X ( Tn ) , X ( Tn ) < < X ( rt ) . So i f we know that X ( Tn ) i s stable it fol lows that X ( rt) < < X ( Tn ) . In particular -+
we may apply this in the case thi s in a new Scholium .
As sume that
X
rl
We summarize or
satis f ie s ( * ) with 1
()()
I
if
l < p < co , o < q _::. co . I n conclusion we note that from our structure theorems it fo llows that the space s in a l l case s we have inve stigated do posse s s a Schauder basi s .
This i s said to be o f some
intere st in q ue stion s of nume rical analysi s .
We remark also
that in view o f En flo ' s famous re sults not e ve ry separable Banach space has a bas i s .
190
Note s Henkin ' s re sul t i s in [ 1 2 6 ] .
Where Stypincki ' s i s
publi shed I do not know . A Schauder bas i s in space s W� ( I n ) or Ck ( I n ) has been cons tructe d by Ciesie lski-Domsta [ 1 2 7 ] and Schone fel d [ 12 8 ] .
Th . 1 certain ly be longs to folklore .
Th . 2 was foun d by me in April 1 9 7 0 .
A proo f was later pub-
lished by Triebel in [ 1 2 9 ] ( c f . [2 2 ] ) .
As was al ready no ted
all the functional analysis background comes from Banach , see in p articular the last chapter of his famous book [ 1 3 0 ] . Regarding the p ropo sition ( and al so i t s coro llary 2 ) see Pel c z ynski [ 1 31 ] .
The lemma i f
n
=
of Marcinkiewicz ( see [ 8 3 ] o r [ 1 7 ] ) .
1 is a we l l-known re sult The analogue of th. 3
for the unit interval i s due to Cie s i e l ski [ 1 3 2 ] . prove d the corre sponding analogue of theorem 2 with [133 ] .
He also q =
For Lindenstraus s ' resul t used here see [ 1 34 ] and
P e czynski ' s
[ 1 35 ] .
In the final sentence we have made
allusion to En flo ' s counter-example to the approximation problem in Banach space [ 1 36 ] .
oo
Chapter 1 0 .
An abstract generali zation o f Be sov space s .
In the previous chapters we have deve lope d the theo ry o f In
Be sov space s and we have given some app l i cations to i t . thi s chapte r we shall con side r seve ral genera l i zation s o f Be sov space s .
We noted alre ady in Chap . 3 that in the de fini-
tion of Be sov space s we coul d have used ins tead of
Lp ' 1 � p � oo , a general tran s l at ion invariant Banach space X o f The se more general space s function s o r distributions o n llin were denoted by B s q x . ( Re call that thus Bps q = B s q Lp ) · S imilarly we de fined general potential space s P s X . (Now •
In this chapter we intend to go a little bit farther .
The space X will be an arbitrary ab stract space with no connections with llin whatsoeve r . However some additional s tructure is then neede d .
We remark that in princip le thi s
chapter is independent o f the rema inder of the lecture note s . I t i s only because o f l azyne ss that we have not written out al l the proofs , re ferring in stead to the entire l y s imilar proo fs in the concre te case of llin . Let us now de scribe the pre c i se situation . Let the re be given a Banach space X .
Let there also
be give n a Hilbert space N and a po sitive se l f adjoint ope rator A in N .
( In what fol lows we i n general re frain from men tioning
N spe c i fical ly . )
I t is also assumed that both X and N are
continuously embedded in some l arge Hausdorff topological vector space ( unspe c i fied) , XnN be ing dense in both X and N .
191
\
)
If
u
192
i s any bounded ( Bore l ) function o n [ O , oo ) then u (A) has a pre c i se meaning as boun de d ope rator in N .
Namely i f
{E A } A � O is the spectral re solution associated wi th A then u (A) =
!�
u ( A) dE A
•
In particul ar the re s triction o f u ( A) to X happen that
N.
I t may now
u (A) can be e xtended by continuity from x n N to I n thi s case
the whole of X .
u (A) thus has a meaning as
bounde d ope rator in X too .
We shall in particular be con t ) , t > 0 are cerned with the case when al l the ope rators u ( A
uni formly boun de d in X sup I I u < � ) I I < oo t >o ( I I · I l i s of course the operator norm ! ) and i f
u
is normali zed by re q uiring
I f thi s i s the case u(O)
=
l
then a
routine den sity argument shows that
for e ve ry f s X. ( Now I I · I I is the norm in X ! ) Thus the u (A t) serve s as a k ind o f approximate identity . In the spe cial case when X is a space o f me as urable fun ctions in some locally compact space
�
e q uipped wi th a posi tive me asure
�
we may
also s tudy the q ue s ti on of pointwise conve rgen ce , i . e . , we ask under what condition s on
u
do we have
193
whe re by pointwise convergen ce we mean e i ther w
gen ce a . e . (with re spe ct to
) or
a ) conver-
b ) locali z at ion ( con-
vergence at continuity points , Lebesgue points , e t c . ) To get any farther we shal l as sume that for some p articular
u.
( 1 - ;\ ) �
u ( ;\)
We shall take
( l- ;\ ) a
{
u ( �) t e xi s ts
0
if
A�l
a�0
e l sewhere
i.e. u (�) t
=
(l
a � t) +
-
( the Rie s z mean s ) .
More pre ci se l y let us make the following X,
( l)
De fini tion l .
\'Ve s ay th at A is of Bern s te in type in
of exponent a , i f sup I I ( 1 t >0
-
�) � I I
< oo .
We al so say that A i s of e xponent for eve ry S > a
>a
if A i s of e xponent S
etc.
We give a l i s t o f operators o f Be rn s te in type . Example l . exponent 0 .
If
Obvious .
Example 2 .
If
X =
N then A i s of Be rn s te in type o f
X
LP
( nP ) 1 � p �
oo
(with N
19 4 and A is given by (2 )
Af (x)
=
(2 n) -n
f
ix!; H ( i;) f ( !; ) d!; , n e
m:
where H ( !;) is a given homogeneous positive sufficiently differentiable (outside { 0 } ) function , then A is of Bernstein type of exponent a > ( A- 1 ) / p where and in what follows 2 It - � I = � . A typical example is H ( !;) = l s l = s i + · · · + I f the set { H ( !; ) � 1 } in addition in which case A = is strictly convex it is conceivable that the bound can be improved to max (n / p- 1 / 2 , 0 ) but this has not yet been proved in all generality ( see Chap . 7 ) . Example 3 . I f again X = Lp ( JRn ) and A is given by (2 ) but with H having a different degree of homogeneity in diffe rent coordinate dire ctions , i . e . 1 mn = c -
�
•
then A is of Bernstein type of exponent a .:_ (n- 1 ) I p A m m typical example now would be H ( !; ) !; 1 1 + + !;nn in m m which case A = D1 l + • • • + Dn n (it is assumed that the m . are even positive integers) . and A is given by Example 4 . I f X = Lp ( � ) , 1 < p < •
=
•
•
•
J
oo ,
Af (x)
( 2 n) -n
195
with H a s in Ex . 2 then A i s o f Bern s te i n type o f e xponent a
> n/ P - 1/2. =
Lp ( rl ) , 1 < p < oo , whe re rl i s an n -dimensional suffi ciently diffe rentiab le man i fold with boundExample 5 .
If
X
=
ary , carrying the measure coordinate s
�
=
de termined in terms of local
( x 1 • • • xn ) by a den s i ty w ( x ) , i . e .
x
d�
=
s ( x ) dx ,
and A a formally sel f-ad j o int (with re spe ct to w ( x ) ) e l l iptic partial di ffe rential ope rator , then A is - unde r sui tab le assumptions on the boundary conditions - o f Be rnstein type , o f e xponent
a
> ( n-k ) I p where
k
i s a constan t .
I n compact
mani folds (no boundary ) thi s was e s tabl i shed with firs t k
=
}
and l ate r
of his work
on
k
1
=
by Hormande r , in fact as a byproduct
the asymptotic behavior of the spectral function .
The above probably a lso extends to the q uasi-e lliptic case ( c f . Ex . 3 ) .
What can be s aid for other part i al diffe r-
ential ope rator ( s ay , formally hypoe l lipti c one s ) i s not clear . I f we in e x . 5 spe cial i ze to n
=
1 (ordinary di ffe rential
ope rators ) but al low ce rtain singulari t ie s at the boundary we obtain a number o f cl assical e xp an sion s . Example 6 . rl
=
Thus
( -1 , 1 ) , w ( x )
=
1,
2 d d dx ( 1-x ) dx ( Le gendre operato r )
A
corre sponds to e xpan sion in Legendre pol ynomial s . o f Bern ste in type o f exponent
a
> max ( 2/ P - 1/2 , 0 ) .
Here A i s
196
Example
7.
More generally
( - 1 , 1 ) , w (x) d (Gegenbauer operator)
dX
corre sponds to expansion in Gegenbauer (ultra-spherical) polynomials . If v = 1/ 2 we get back Legendre polynomials . Now A i s of Bernstein type of exponent a > max ( (2V + 1 ) / P - l / 2 , 0 ) . Note that if v = n; l (n integer) then A comes by separation of variable s from the Laplace Beltrami operator in sn ( the unit sphere in lRn + l ) . To some extent the above resul t for Gegenbauer polynomials extends to the case of Jacobi polynomials (with ( 1 -x) A (l+x) in place of ( 1 -x 2 ) V-l/ 2 ) Example 8 . I f )1
rl =
A
(0 , 1 ) , w (x)
•
= X
2V
d X 2 V d (Bessel operator) -x- 2 'J dX dX
now restricted with a boundary condition f ( l ) or more generally f ' ( 1 ) + H f ( l ) = 0 , we get expansion in FourierBessel respectively more generally Dini serie s . Here A is again of Bernstein type of exponent > max ( (2 V +l ) / P - 1/ 2 , 0 ) . If v = n--2-1 (n integer) then A comes by separation o f variable s from Laplace operator in the unit ball Kn of lRn ( restricted by suitable boundary conditions
197
on the boundary Example 9 .
s n-l ) . If
S"l
=
( 0 1 00 ) but w and A are the s ame as in
Ex . 8 (no boundary condition s ) analogous re sults hol d .
Now
we have to de al with the Hankel tran s fo rm . Remark .
In mos t o f the above examples i t i s po s s ib le to
modi fy the origin al ( n atural) wei ght w a l i tt le bit without the property o f A being of Bernste in type get ting lost , only the e xponent has to be change d .
E . g . a lre ady in the case o f
ex . 1 i t i s po s s ib le t o replace
w (x)
=
1 by w ( x )
=
lxi
A
I t would be tempting to try to prove a gene ral res ul t in thi s sen se . Re turn ing to the general c ase we now show that for operators A o f Bern s te in type the ope rators are uni formly bounded in
X
u (�) exist and
for q uite a few fun ct ion s
A admits a rather extende d spe ctral calcul us in
X
u.
Thus
( genera l i z ing
the v . Neumann spe ctral calculus in the o riginal Hilbert space N)
•
Theo rem 1 . e xponent (3)
a
•
Suppo se that A i s o f Be rn stein type o f
Then holds
j j u (�) j j �
sup t>O
c j j A �u l l
* B al l
Conve rsely i f ( 3 ) holds then A i s o f Be rns te in type o f e xponent
> a
•
He re general ly spe ak ing Bps q * the mul tipl icative group JR� = ( 0 ,
oo
)
are the Be sov space on .
In the s ame way we
198
denote by P; * , � * , L; being the potential , Sobolev, Lebesgue space s respectively in :IR� Since dA/A is the Haar measure on :IR� thus holds •
£-
Similarly have
A A
+I
being the invariant derivative in :IRx we
df I Ad I
I *+ Lp
••.
We re frain from stating the de finitions in the case o f Pps The groups :IR ( ) being isomorphic ( the canonical isomorphism is provided by the exponential mapping A e A ) , all the previous re sul ts obtained for :IRn can be carried over to the case of :IR+ Proof (outline ) : Because of the expre ssion to the right in ( 3 ) is multiplicative ly invariant, we may take t 1 , i . e . , it suffice s to prove =
- oo , oo
-+
•
=
(3
I
)
l l u < A) I I � c i i A � I I
* Bal l
Consider first the case a integer. We write Taylor' s formula in the form
199
1
-
u ( A)
( t ) dt
aT
/'" ( 1 - � ) a t a +1 u ( ( a +1 ) ( t ) dt 0 t + t
( - 1 ) a+1
I f we ( formally) repl ace
A
by A we the re fore have
u (A ) = ( -l ) a+l
dt
T
Then we get at once using ( 1 )
<
c
��
du l t a+l l u ( a+ l ) ( t ) J dt � c J J t dt l a* T wl +-
B al * ( 3 ) fol lows in thi s spe cial case . I f a wa * 1 1 i s not an integer we can pro ceed in an analogous way i f first we de fine u ( a+l ) ( A ) by the formul a Since
u ( a+l)
I
tk ( k ) k! u
(A)
k being the integer part o f
dt
T
a , with a suitable normali z ation
Thi s was the direct p art .
con stan t C a
(A)
The conve rse fol lows
readily i f we j us t note that the right hand side of ( 3 ) i s finite i f
u(A)
=
( 1 - A) ! , f3 > a .
We now give t>vo simple consequen ce s o f th . 1 . Theorem 2 .
I f A i s of Bernste in type o f e xponent a then
i t i s al so o f e xponent
f3
when
f3 > a
2 00 ( We have already implicitly assumed this in the fore going discussion . ) * B S l * when S > a . Proo f ·. This follows f rom Bal 1 1 Theorem 3 . Let x 0 and x1 be two Banach spaces satisfying our initial assumptions with the same operator A . Suppose A is of Bernstein type of exponent a . in x . ( i=O , l ) . Then A is of Bernstein type of exponent > a = a 0 ( l- 8 ) + a 1 8 in X F ( X) , F being any interpolation functor of exponent In particular we may take X = [ X ] 8 or X = ( X l e q . Here 8 we have put X = { x 0 , x1 } Proof : By th. l we have +
l
l
-+
-+
•
•
l l u ( A) l l x . , x . � c i >- 1 1 � 1 1 l
l
a
Bl
l l*
( i=O , l )
By interpolation (u fixed! ) it follows
which 1n turn implies l l u ( A) l l x , x < But
1 1 >- � 1 1 a l * Bl l
201 and we are through. Next we di s cuss somewhat the role pl ayed by the parti
cular function ( 1 - A ) � .
It turn s out th at in p l ace o f
( 1- A) � we can use say a function u such that v sat i sfies ( � ) I < C ( l + I E.: I ) a
(4)
v ( i; )
He re
du and v = A d1
A
v
its mul tipl icative Fourie r tran s form ,
i n other words the Me llin tran s form , A
A-i i; V ( A) d A / A .
v ( i;) ( 1 - A) �
u ( A)
If
then
A
v ( i; )
( a ) r ( 1- i 0 r ( + l - i E.: ) a r
so that ( 4 ) certainly ho lds in thi s case .
We shal l not give
the detai l s and mention j us t the corre sponding re sul t in the scalar-value d case on
m. ,
the proo f o f which wi ll be l e ft as
an exerci se for the re ade r . Theorem 4 . some
v
(4)
Then
•
Let
f E
S ' ( JR )
s uch that
v * f E L 00 for
whose usual ( additive ) Fourie r tran s form sati s fie s f E B- a oo 00
We mention also a vari an t o f th .
4 ,
o f a somewhat di f fe rent
nature . Theorem 5 . for some
a> 0
Suppose that the condit ion
v * f ( x) for some v , satis fying
202
<
(4 )
=
c,
admits an analytic continuation g (x + iy) when such that l g (x
+ iy)
��
c:_ I YI
_ _
(a
-
_ _
IY I <
a
a
Then f B The reader will have no di fficulties in supplying the proof . Remark . Note that ( 4 ) and ( 4 ' ) are essentially conditions of a Tauberian character . Again th . 5 is connected with the following results for operators of Bernstein type - a counter-part of th . 1 . Theorem 6 . Let A be o f Bernstein type o f exponent Then holds s
(5 )
00
I Iw
a, oo
R ( w> l l
< c
1
( cos ! > l +
a
' 8
arg w ,
IGI <
Tr
where R (w ) = (A + w ) - 1 is the resolvent of A. Conversely if ( 5 ) holds true A is of Bernstein type of exponent S > Proof : (incomplete ) We prove only the trivial part . It suffice s to apply th . 1 to the function a •
u ( A)
( 1 + e -i e
It
) -l
203
For simp l i city let us also take a intege r . wR ( w ) = u ( A x) and u ( a+l) ( A )
( a+l )
1
S in ce
e -i ( a+l )8 ( l+ e - i 8 A ) - ( a +2 )
we get
c
l+ a ( cos �) 2 and ( 5 ) fol lows . A variant of th . 6 i s Theorem 7 .
Let A be o f Bern s te in type o f e xponent a .
Then holds (6)
-T A I Ie I I ;s C
1 ' l ( co s 8 ) + a
8 = arg
T
,
I8I <
�
•
Conve rse ly i f ( 6 ) holds true A is o f Bern s te in type o f exponent
(3
> a.
We note that th . 7 make s a bridge to the theory of distribution semi-group s emanating from Lion s . Remark .
I f the spe ctrum o f A consists o f the po sitive
integers alone A = 0 , 1 , 2 ,
•
•
•
i t i s often more n atural to con-
sider Ce saro means in place of Rie s z mean s ; for our purpo se thi s is i rre levan t .
We re cal l that , according to a clas sical
theorem by M. Rie s z , Ce s aro surnrnab i l i ty and Rie s z surnrnability are e ssen tially e q uivale n t .
204
After these preparations we are finally in a position to give our promised generalization of potential and Besov space s . Let A be an operator of Bernstein type in the Banach space For simplicity let us assume that the spectrum of A keeps away from 0 . De finition 2 . For any real s we set X.
which space we e q uip with the norm I If I I
that
p
s
X
be a se q uence of
C 00
X\) ( A) � 0
iff
where
I X V ( A) I � c E:
>
Let
00 {X v } v=oo
A 0
1
'f
E:
int
R \)
A E: R V E:
where
We often also normalize our se q uence by 00
v=- oo X v ( A) = 1
test functions such R \) = [ 2 v-l , 2v +1 ]
R E:= [ 2 - E: ) - l 2 v , ( 2- E: ) 2 v ] V
205 Example 1 0 .
X ( A)
i
If
X
i s any C
0
iff
A
E
()()
te s t function such that
in t R_ 1
then it suffices to take De fini tion 3 .
For any re a l s and {f l
0 < q�
oo
we set
()()
v = - oo
which space we e q uip with the norm ()()
I v = - oo
Example 1 1 .
I t i s not hard to see that in the case o f Ex . 2 we get back our old space s Pps and Bps q The only formal • change to be notice d i s that we have now re s tricted ourse lve s to ve ry particular te st fun ction s { ¢ \) } , name ly e s sential ly such which are radial fun ctions . This i s o f course in e s sential in mos t case s . Example 1 2 .
In the case o f Ex . 3 we obtain the " an i sotrop i c " ( o r "mixe d homogeneous " ) analogue s of Pps and Bps q , much s tudied by the Soviet mathematici an s and a l so othe rs . �
Example 1 3 .
In the case o f Ex . 5 with a compact mani fold
(without boundary ) we again ob tain ordinary Sobolev and
Be sov space s , at least i f
1< p<
oo
;
the s ame space s regardl e s s
o f whateve r A i s . We state now some o f the bas ic propertie s o f P s X and B s q x .
206
Since the proofs are entirely parallel to those of our previous treatment ( see notably Chap . 3 ) we omit the proofs , leaving them as exercise s to the reader. First we state an interpolation theorem. Theorem 8 . We have : =
(B
s 0q O
X,B
s 1q l
X) eq
So much for real interpolation. The correspoding q uestion for complex interpolation wil l be postponed for a moment. Next we state an analogous approximation theorem. For any g let us define spec g ( spectrum) as the smal lest closed such that for any u with supp u contained in the set complement of the set in question holds u (A) g 0 . We then can de fine the "best approximation" in of f with elements g with compact spectrum as follows . =
A.
E (t , f ) inf l l f-g l l · spec g C ( 0 , t ] =
I t is now easy to verify the following Theorem 1 . ( Jackson - Bernstein) . Let s l/ ( f� (t s E ( t , f) ) q dtt ) q < co .
>
0.
Then
2 07
Remark .
From the proo f o f th . 1 whi ch we j us t omi tte d
one ge ts the fo llowing two ine q uali tie s : (7 )
E ( t , f ) < c t -s I I f I I s P X
(8)
1 1 £ 1 1 s � C ts l l f l l x ' f s p X
X
with spe c f C. ( O , t ]
In the classical case ( 7 ) and ( 8 ) corre spond to the ine q uali tie s o f Jack son and Be rn s te in re spe ctive ly .
(A dual form o f
( 7 ) appe ars some time s i n the l i te rature unde r the name o f Bohr ' s ine q uali ty . ) Now we con sider an approximation theorem o f a s omewhat di fferent n ature .
We p l ace ourse l ve s in the s ituation o f
th . 2 where A acts s o to spe ak i n two space s x 0 and x 1 . Theorem 1 0 ( Ste in ) . Assume that A i s o f Be rn s te in type in both x 0 and x1 • (9)
I I Tf
l lx . � c t l
Le t T be a l inear operator such that 11 ·
1
l ! f l lx. if 1.
f EX 1.. with spec f C( O , t ] ( i==O , l ) .
Then holds : ( 10 ) I I Tf l l x � c t 11 I I f l l x i f -+ Here X == F ( X) , with
f EX with spe c f C(O,t ]
X-+ == { x 0 , x 1 } , F be ing any inte rpolation functor o f e xponent e ' and Tl == ( 1- 8 ) Tl o + e 11 1 . T u ( � ) whe re u ( A ) == 1 i f A E ( O , t ] . Proof : Cons ider Tt ==
Then holds
2 08
I I Tt l l x . , x . l
< c
l
t
n .
1
(i
0 'l )
•
There fore by interpolation
or II
Ttf
IIX < c
t
I If I IX
n
for any f E
X.
A ssume that spec f C(O,t] . Tf and the desired ine quality ( 1 0 ) follows . Let us give an application of th. 1 0 , to Markov' s ine q uality. Example 1 4 ( Stein) . The ine q uality in q uestion reads : (Markov, with
( ll)
C
l)
i f f i s an (algebraic) polynomial of degree � n and denotes the norm in X L00 (-1 , 1 ) For comparison we write down a variant of Bernste in ' s ine q uality =
( 12 )
l l ( l-x2 ) 11 2 f' l l
<
C
n l l f l l (Bernstein , with
C
which follows from the usual Bernstein ' s ine q uality ( for
l)
209
trigonome tric polynomial s ) i f we make the substi tution x
=
cos 8
•
I f we cons ide r the Legendre ope rator ( see Ex . 6 ) d (1 - i) d - dx dx
A we see that
d
dX
)2
+
X
d
dX
Thus we see that , assuming ( 12 ) , ( 11 ) is e q uivalent to (13) But A i s o f Bern ste in type .
Thus ( 1 3 ) - and there by Markov' s
ine q ual i ty ( 11 ) - fo l lows from ( 8 ) . see , the case
p
=
Invoking now th . 3 we
2 being trivi al , that A i s o f Be rnste in
type in Lp ( -1 , 1 ) , 2 < p < 001 too . Thus ( 11 ) holds also in this case which i s Ste in ' s generali z at ion of Marko v ' s ine q ual i ty . Analogo us re sults hold for Ge genbaue r and e ven Jacobi polynomials ( see Ex. 7 ) . Be fore l e aving approximation theory let us point out that al so various other problems can be tre ated in the pre sent abstract framework , e . g . the q ue stion s pertaining to the phenomenon o f saturation ( see Chap . 8 ) . Our next conce rn wil l be with "mul tipliers " .
Imitating
the procedure in the case of Fourie r mul tipliers ( Chap . 7 ) we set for any space Y (embedde d in the s ame large space that
X
210
( and N) were embedded in) sup
i i u ( A ) f i iY I f l ly
i
and consider the correspoding "multiplier space " M Y . We will only be concerned with the cases Y P s X and B s qx so we right away abuse the notation to =
It i s plain from the de finition that M and M do not depend on s . That does not depend on q either will be seen in a second. If A is of Bernstein type in X of exponent a we get a sufficient condition for u to be a multiplier on P s X with the aid o f th. 1 : E:
B lal * = > u
E:
M
Note also that we have the embedding u
c:
M =>
u
c:
M
+
M
,
i . e . we have
-
M.
The following theorem give s a complete characterization of the space M in terms of the space M Theorem 1 1 (Hardy-Littlewood) . Assume that A is of Bernstein type in X . Then •
2 11
u E
M <= > s '0p / I
X
\!
uI IM
< oo
It has the fo l lowing immediate Coro l lary . ( 14 )
Let A be o f exponent a
Then
•
II
sup t >0
v
u I I a+ 1 1 * B1 I
To get any farthe r we must put stil l more re strictive conditions on A .
A compari son o f ( 3 ) and ( 14 ) sugge sts the
fo l lowing De fin ition 2 .
We s ay that A i s o f Marcinkiewic z type
in X , o f e xponent a , i f sup I I u ( I ) I I < C s up I I X u I I a+ 1 1* \! \! t >O B1
( 15 )
I
Remark .
Why we choo se the n ame o f Marcinkiewi cz shoul d
be pretty obvious , and al so why we previously chose that o f Bern ste in . Cle arly i f A i s o f Marcink iewicz then A i s also of Be rn ste in type , o f some exponent a
•
But the conve rse fail s .
Expre ssed in symbol s we have : Marcinkiewicz
= > Be rn s te in
From Cor . o f t h . 1 1 fol lows that that i f A is o f Bern s te in type in X then i t is of Marcinkiewicz type in B s q X
212 (but of course only of Bernstein type in P s X) . important case of operators of Marcinkiewicz type is obtained when A i s an elliptic (or more generally quasielliptic ) partial differential operator on a manifold � and X = Lp ( m with 1 < p < see Ex. 5 . The nice thing about operators of Marcinkiewicz type is that we have a theorem of Paley-Littlewood Theorem 1 2 (Paley-Littlewood) . Let A be of Marcinkiewicz where � is any measure space type in X Lp ( m 1 < p < Then we have carrying a measure An
oo
1
00
I
w
f sP s x <=> I
00
I L: = - oo v
I
•
( 2 \is I
X \! (A)
f I)2)
1/ 2
I IX <
oo provided 1 < p < 2
Proof : Use the Khinchine-Littlewood inequality (see remark 1 1 Chap . 4 ) . PROBLEM. Extend to the case 2 � p < Here i s one standard consequence of th. 12 . Theorem 1 3 . In the hypothes es o f th. 1 2 we have oo .
provided 1 < p� 2 , provided 2� p <
oo
•
Proo f : The case 2 �p < follows from 1 < p � 2 by duality . �Vi thout proof we also state ( cf. Th . 7 ) Theorem 1 4 . Let A be o f Marcinkiewicz type . Then we have oo
213
Remark .
An in termediate class of operators whi ch we
might call ope rators of Mel l in type , i s also o f some intere st. They are de fined by the re q ui remen t that ( 16 ) o r e q uiva lently
l l u (A ) I I < C
JJR
( 1 + l t l > 13 1 � ( t ) l dt
where u denote s the Me llin form of u .
(=
mul tiplicative Fourier ) trans-
We h ave Marcink iewicz => Me l lin = > Be rnste in <-=f
Note tha t for the proof of th . 1 4 actual l y on ly ( 1 6 ) is neede d . Remark .
In some o f the above re sul ts , in particular those
concerned wi th the appli cation to approximation theory , the a s sumption that A should be of Bernstein type or o f Marc inkiewicz type i s unne ce ssarily re s trictive .
I n fact i t
would have been suf ficient to as sume that i n place of ( 3 ) the re holds the ine q ual ity
21 sup l l u ( �l l l < c l l u l l u t >O
4
where U is a space of C functions on * containing sufficiently many elements . E . g. one could take U to be a Gevrey class . We leave the general theory and consider in some greater detail the two cases corresponding to ex. 2 and ex. 4 . In particular we are going to prove the results which were mentioned there . We start with the case of JRn (Fourier integrals ) . In particular we thus take 00
( 2 n) -n
Af (x)
:ffi
+
A
H ( i:; ) f ( t;) d t;
where H ( t;) may be any homogeneous positive function of degree n but we shall pay our most intere st to the case H ( t;) = l t: l 2 (spherical case ) . Cf. the discussion of the multiplier problem for the ball in Chap . 7 . With r = A m let us write ( 1- �) A +a
a ra
*
f (x )
f (x) .
We have
( 2 n) -n Je ix t;
( 1-
H ( t;) ) a d t; A +
2 15
Note also that (16) With an interpolation techni q ue ( c f . th . 3 of Chap . 6 ) it i s e asy to see that
< c
(17) The e xponent
l 1 + l x I a+ l
a + 1 canno t be improve d in general .
H ( �) = 1 � 1
sphe rical case
2
In the
and more general ly i f the s urface
{H ( �) = 1 } i s strictly convex i t i s possib le to improve the e xponent to
a + 1 + n; l .
In thi s case thus holds 1 l + l x I a+l + ( n - 1 ) /2
I
(17 )
It fol lows from ( 1 7 ' ) that a a EL 1 i f -a > n-1 2 - ( Bochne r ' s criti cal index) . hol ds then a ra E L 1 and moreover
--1 > n , . e . a + 1 + n2 1. .
Be cause o f the homogene ity
sup I I a ; I I � c < co r We conclude that
s o th a t A l.. S o f Be rnste 1.n type o f e xponent ·
. - l. n L > n-l -2 1 ( the
Ll6 sphe rical o r more general the strictly convex case ) . view of Planche re l ' s theorem i t i s al so clear that Be rn s te in type of exponent 0 .
A
In is of
There fore we can apply th . 3
and conc lude that A i s of Bern stein type > ( n - 1 ) / p where 1/ p = l l/p - 1/2 1 theorem.
•
In Chap . 7 thi s was done using Hirschman ' s
By t he dis cus sion o f the multip l ie r theorem for
the ball in that chapte r we also know that the above exponent is not t he be st pos s ib le . In thi s case we can also cons ide r po intwise conve rgence ( usually a . e . ) .
( C f . what we said about this is the beginning
of thi s chapte r ) .
With the aid of ( 1 7 ' ) one shows re adily , 1 stil l under the as sumption a > n2 - , that sup I f � ( x ) I < C r
where
M
Chap . 8 ) .
Mf
(x)
i s the maximal ope rator of Hardy-Littlewood ( cf . F rom the maxima l theorem o f the se authors we now
infe r
B y the den sity argument pre sented in Chap . 8 , i t fol lows now n-1 . for any that f ra ( x ) � f ( x ) a . e . , r � and a > 2With other methods (we re turn to thi s point in a few minute s ) oo ,
one can show that
f � ( x ) � f ( x ) a . e . , r�
oo
for eve ry
f s L2
217
and
a > 0.
With a sui tab le modi fication o f the argument of th . 1 1 one can ne xt conclude that f ar ( x ) 7 f ( x ) a . e . r 7 oo , 1 ) . The se 1 - 2 for eve ry f s Lp 1 1 < p < 2 1 and a > (n- l ) ( p re sults ( actually i t s analogue for Tn which case is somewhat harde r) emanate from S tein . n . S o muc h concern1ng JR
Be fore we ente r into the dis-
•
cus sion of the ca se o f Tn (Fourier serie s ) we re cal l the Poi sson summation formula which claims (18)
Y
L:
s zn
f ( x + 2ny)
The most general condi tion fo r the val idi ty of ( 1 8 ) i s that in the notation of L . Schwart z ) . The f s U B s1oo ( i . e . f s L' l convergence ha s to be taken in the distributional sense . For the proo f one has to take the Fourie r trans forms of both members . Con side r now the operator (Af ( x ) =) A f ( x )
( 2 n ) -n
(We use the symbol ' to emphasize that we stay on Tn . ) us write ( 2 n ) -n �a r (x) * f (x)
Let
2 18 with ( 2 1T ) -n We do not have any more the s imple relation ( 1 6 ) so that it is not possible to reduce to the case r 1 . However from Poisson ' s summation formula ( 1 8 ) we conclude that =
� ra (x)
Y
I
E
r n K ( r (x n Z
+
2 1T y) )
if a > n--2-1 ( spherical or more generally strictly convex case ) . Moreover it is not hard to see that
We get thus
1 . -so that A is of Bernstein type of exponent > n2 1n L1 • As be fore using interpolation (th . 3 ) we also get that A i s of Bernstein type of exponent > (n- 1 ) / P where 1/P j l /p - l/ 2 j . It is also easy to carry over the considerations concerning pointwise convergence . The result is that f• ra (x) -+ f ( x) a . e . if and a > (n- 1 ) { 1 /p- 1 / 2 ) . n-1 We say a few words about the limiting case a 2(Bochner ' s critical index) . As Stein has shown the relation =
=
219 n-1
f r --z- ( x )
-+
f ( x ) a . e . doe s not hold in general i f
f E: L 1 • Thi s i s a gene rali zation of the s ame re sult in the real ly =
n > 1 depends on an old re sul t of Bochner ' s whi ch says that f r n-1 2 - ( x ) -+ f ( x ) at points of regul ari ty doe s not hold in gene ral i f f E: L 1 . ( This in con trast to what i s true in :rnn name ly that n- 1 -fr 2 ( x ) ( x ) a t Din i points i f x E: L 1 . ) The se are also po sitive re sul t s . He mention that S te in showed that n-1 f r -r ( x ) -+ f (x) at Dini po ints if f E: L p > 1 or even P f E: L log L . Some simpler re sults in thi s direction can be
more difficult spe cial case
n
1.
The case
•
1
-+
1
E.g.
tre ated by the interpolation techni q ue de ve loped here . we can prove the re sul t j ust s tarte d wi th
f E: L ( log L) 2
•
Up to now we have mos t ly been conce rne d with sphe rical and more generally the s tri ct ly convex case .
Now we s ay
some thing about the gene ra l c ase ( no assumption on the diffe rential geometry of {H ( �)
=
1} !).
We have a lready noted
that we have on ly the we ake r e stimate ( 1 7 ) in p l ace of ( 1 7 ' ) . There fore we must pro ceed diffe ren tly . In the case of :rnn we apply simply dire ctly Hirschman ' s theorem ( th . 1 o f Chap . 7 ) .
Thi s shows that A i s of Bernste in type o f e xponent a > (n-1 ) I P
in the gene ral case too . Thi s can be e x tende d to the case o f Tn . For po intwi se conve rgence a . e . similarly one has to invoke a Paley and Littlewood type re sul t ( see th . 2 of Chap . 4 ) . But the bound obtained in this way i s a bad one : 1 ). 1 - 2 a > n (p Finally we spend some words ( to be e xact a few hundred ) on the q ue stion o f poin twi se conve rgence a . e . i n the L2 case .
22 0 The following may be considered as a modern treatment of some classical topics connected with orthogonal serie s . We take X N L2 ( � ) whe re � is any measure space and we just assume that A is sel f-adjoint positive . Thus we are back in the trivial situation of ex. 1 . We have the following Theorem 1 5 . Assume that Then holds =
f� l u ( � ) f (x) 1 2 d: ) 1/ 2
<
oo a . e . for eve ry fEL2 ( �) .
Proof . Using the spectral theorem we get I I
u( A ) £
I I
which relation of course plays the role of the Plancherel formula . I t suffice s now to invoke Fubini ' s theorem. l 1 X with u ( O ) 1 . B22 Theorem 16 . Assume that Then holds U E:
u ( �) f (x) -+ f (x ) a . e . as t -+ oo for every f E L2 ( � ) , provided we know that this relation is true for every f EX 0 where x 0 is a dense subspace of Proof : By interpolation . Remark (Hormander) . It is also possible to give an even simpler proof of th . 16 by starting with the observation that trivially
221 sup I t
A � ( :E ) � .
f ( x ) I < oo a . e . for eve ry
f € L2
( rl ) ,
� E: JR
1 1 X Indeed thi s a l so shows that. f E: B 2 in th . 1 6 coul d be - 1x L 1 . C f . Bernstein ' s theorem ( th . 3 o f repl aced b y f E: F 2
Chap . 6 ) and remark . He cons ide r some example s : Example 15 . 1 1 u € B1 2
U ( A) =
If
( 1- A ) � , a > 0 then ce rtain ly
I t fol lows that =
f� ( x )
a ( 1- �) t + f ( x ) � f ( x)
a . e . for
Thi s is a re s tatement of a cl a s sical re sul t o f Zygmund ' s in the case o f orthogonal serie s .
We use d i t alre ady above
in the case o f Fourie r in te grals and Fourie r se rie s . I f in Ex . 16 we take a = 0 , i . e .
Example 1 6 . u ( A)
=
(i lo
if A < 1 if A > 1
2
1 ,1 X and the con c lusion f 0t ( x ) � f (x ) a . e . i s we have u E: B 1 not true e i ther i n genera l . Howeve r in the case when the spectrum i s discre te , say Namely first obse rve that
A = 1,2,
•
•
•
, there is a way out.
u ( E ) obviously i s con s tant if t is
in an interval be tween two conse cutive intege r s . we may as we l l take we see that
t
inte ge r too , thus
The re fore
t = 1,2, . . .
Now
A u (-) t
=
v (A) with v ( A )
=
vt ( A )
=
{
222 A < t- 1 t if t- 1 < A< t if A � t
1 if A
0
-
1 1* 2 Now obviously v E: B 2 and it is possible to show that sup ! ! v i i � c log t. We are thus lead to the conclusion t >o sup j f (x) j < C log t a . e . if f t: L2 ( st) t> O t This is essentially the content of ( the easier side o f ) a classical result by Menchov- Rademacher . Example 1 7 . Let us return to � ( the case of Fourier series ) Then by the same construction as indicated in Ex 1 6 one can show that if n > 1 •
•
! ! :f t ! I L
1
n-1 � C t -2- if f t: L1
=
L 1 (Tn )
(If n 1 the corresponding result holds with log t) . We remark that ft is of course nothing but the partial sum of the Fourier series of f , the spherical one i f =
223
Note s Almost al l the materi al o f thi s chapte r i s taken ove r , in somewhat updated form , though , from my mimeographed note s [ 1 3 7 ] ( 19 6 5 ) . mentione d .
My papers [ 1 3 8 ] , [ 1 39 ] should perhaps a l so be
Re l ate d i de as , i . e . an abstract (ope rator ) setting
for this type of clas sical analysi s , can be trace d e lsewhere in the l ite rature .
Let us mention Littman-McCarthy-Riviere
[ 8 0 ] , Ste in [ 82 ] , Fi she r [ 1 4 0 ] a s we l l a s work by the people of the Butzer School ( re fe rence s may probably be found in [ 11 3 ] .
Regarding the class ical e xpansions ( e x . 6 - 9 ) we have
l i sted already a n umber o f re fe ren ce s in connection with our discussion of the mul tiplier problem for the bal l in Chap . 7 ( see [ 1 0 0 ] , [ 1 0 5 ] - [ 1 0 8 ] ) .
For Hormande r ' s work on the
a symptotic behavior o f the spe ctral fun ct ion see [ 1 4 1 ] , [ 1 42 ] ( c f . al so [ 1 3 9 ] for a l e s s succe s s ful attempt , and Spanne [ 1 4 3 ] . Regarding l e s s pre ci se forms of th . 4 and th . 5 see [ 1 3 8 ] , [ 1 39 ] .
Distribution semi-groups were introduced by Lion s [ 14 4 ]
and have been s tudied b y many authors ( some auxil iary re ference s can be found in [ 1 3 8 ] ) .
He re we mention especially
the pape r by Lars son [ 1 4 5 ] , bec ause he use s Gevrey function s . Th . 1 0 and the appl ic ation to Markov ' s ine q ual i ty ( ex . 14 ) are from S te i n ' s the s i s [ 1 4 6 ] . The tre atment o f Fourie r in te grals and Fourie r serie s i s insp i re d b y the work o f Stein [ 1 0 2 ] , [ 1 4 7 ] ( See als o SteinWei s s [ 3 7 ] , Chap . 6 ) .
Bochner ' s classical p ape r is [ 1 4 8 ] .
See al so the survey arti cle by
v.
Shapiro [ 1 4 9 ] .
That ( 1 7 ' )
doe s not hold in the general not s trictly convex case was
224 noted in [ 1 5 0 ] . Concerning the general case see also [ 9 5 ] .. rom [lll ] . and what concerns Tn Lofst. For the classical theory of orthogonal series see Alexits [ 1 5 1 ] . The sketch given here follows [ 1 5 2 ] . The same type of methods can also be used in the case of the pointwise convergence a . e . of the di ffusion semi-groups of Stein [ 82 ] . Regarding ex . 1 7 see H . Shapiro [15 3 ] . ..
s.
Chapter 1 1 ,
The case
0 < p < 1.
Now we sha l l extend our theory in yet another direction . In the previous treatment o ur Be sov and potential space s were always assumed to be mode lled on Lp with 1 � P < ()() We wish to extend the discus s ion to include the range 0 < p < 1 . First we sha l l answer the q ue stion : genera l i zation ?
Why make such a
Strange ly e nough I myse l f ( circa 1 9 70 ) was 0
lead to con sider the case
<
p <1
through the mediation o f
some non- linear prob lems i n approximation theory . the ide a s let us take
1 and let us con s ider approximation
n
with spl ine functions wi th variab le node s . function of de gree
<
To fix
By a spl ine
k we mean a function f wi th compact
support such that Z:: A o
( x- a )
where the right hand s ide thus s tands for a di stribution which i s a finite l inear combination of point masses the points a ( the node s of f ) .
A
pl aced at
The re s triction of f to any
interval that doe s not contain any node s i s a polynomial o f degree
< k.
The space o f a l l spl ine functions i s denoted by
Spl and the subspace o f those with at most N node s will be denoted by Spl (N) .
Note that Spl ( N ) i s not a vector space
( i n general we can only say that C:
Spl ( N 1 + N 2 ) ) when ce the non-linear character of the problem. It q uickly became clear to me that
Spl (N 1 ) + Spl ( N 2 )
the q ue s tion of characte ri z ing the se function s f on lR admitting 225
226
a best approximation with spline functions of given order of accuracy necessitated the introduction of Besov type space with 0 < p < 1 . Although the extension of Bpsq to this case has not yet been made , let us , to illustrate the point, state without proof one result in this sense . 1 , min (l ,p) P Theorem 1 . Let f s J3p where k1 � p < Then we have 00
(1)
inf l l f-g i i L oo = gsSpl (N)
0(
1
N p } , N -r oo .
1, Conversely if ( 1 ) holds true then f s sP We go on asking. How can such an extension be made ? In chapter 1 we started with Sobolev space �p - However in the de finition we req uired taking derivatives in the usual (L. Schwartz ) distributional sense . But Lp is not a space of distributions if 0 < p < 1 . In fact since L� = 0 it cannot be embedded in any locally convex space . There fore we must proceed differently . A way out would be to try to de fine �p ( in view of the density theorem) as the abstract completion of some space of C functions ( say , V ) in the metric I I f I I k " But even this fails . In fact by a counter Wp example of Adrien Douady although there exists a natural this will not be a monomorphism, i . e . not mapping a true embedding. One can also show that Wpk ::: Lp so that by the same token as above � can in no way be realized as a space of distributions . The situation seems to be hopeless ! 00
00
00
227
A t least where Sobolev space s ( and potential spa ce s ) are conce rned .
Turning to Be sov space s the situation a t once
becomes much bet te r .
I n 19 7 0 I \\TOrked out a rudimentary
theory o f Be sov space s at lea s t when n
=
1 using one of the
" discre te " de finition s wi th fin i te diffe rence s ( ac tual ly the Taylor remainde r doe s about the s ame service ) .
There
1 -1 s > pIn the summer of 1 9 7 3 I
turned up howeve r the rather unpleasant re s tri ction s > n ( p.!. - 1 ) for general n ) . happened to come a cros s the work o f Fle t t . ( or
I not i ce d that
he had done immense l y bet ter using the Hardy-Li t tlewood approach wi th harmonic fun ctions in the c ase o f T 1 • I then saw that a l so the method use d here in our treatme n t of the case
1
oo
wi th the te s t functions { cp } �= -oo could be carried
ove r with only minor change s to the case
0< p < l.
The key
turns out to be a class ical theorem on entire function s of e xponential t ype due to Planchere l-Polya ( 19 3 7 ) the importance o f which I h ad overlooke d .
At the s ame t ime I began to
study the work of Fe fferman and Stein on the Hardy space Hp . I t then became reve aled that the t rue re ason for al l the obst acle s mentioned above i s that i f
0< p
then the Hp are t he good space s to be conside red and not Lp . Of course ! <
1
After the Fe f fe rman-Riviere-Sagher interpo lation theorem made i t s appearance eve n the re sul ts on in terpol ation o f Be sov space s could be carried ove r • • • Let us now put an end to thi s almo s t Wienerian con fe s s ion
228
and also switch back to the first person plura l , in accordance with normal decent habits in mathematical prose . It appears mose convenient to start with a q uick review of the basic properties of Hp spaces in several variables (Fefferman-Stein-Weiss theory) . First we have to de fine them. The spaces Hp {D) where D is the unit disc C were already mentioned in chapter 2 . The de finition of Hp ( E! ) is analogous . We now want to de fine Hp ( E�+ 1 where E� +l = { t > 0 } :i. s the "upper" hal fspace in JRn+l whose generic point wil l be denoted by x = ( t , x) = ( t , x 1 , , xn ) or whenever it is convenient by x = ( x 0 , x 1 , , xn ) The heuristics leading to the definition in the n-dimensional case is as follows . element of f Hp ( lR! ) is an analytic function f = u + iv. Thus it is in particular complex valued. But what is a complex number? It is nothing but a pair of real numbers -- a vector. There fore f too can be identified with a vector field ( u , v) satisfying the CauchyRiemann eq uations : �
•
.
.
.
An
_Cl� d
y
_a__y_
() X
•
•
E:
0.
This leads us to consider as an n-dimensional (or perhaps (n + 1 ) -dimensional ) analogue vector fields u = ( u 0 , u1 , , un ) satisfying the generalized Cauchy-Riemann e q uations (which really go back to M. Ries z ) : •
.
•
229
(2)
au .
J
ax.1
au .
l
ax:
;:::
au . ax .
J _
( i , j ;::: O , • • • , n) ;
J
J
0
or in more conci se ve ctor analysi s notation rot u
0,
div u
o.
Note that ( 2 ) in parti cular impl ie s that e ach component u . J n+l has to be a harmonic function . We now s ay that u E Hp ( lR + ) where 0 < p < if oo
( 3)
(
sup t >O
1
p dx P < C J I u ( t x) I I ,
<
oo
2 • • + l un I • We also drop the assumption that the components u . were re al and consider thus from
where
I u I = /1 u 0 1 2 +
•
J
now on complex valued ve ctor fie lds as we l l . identify
u
Usual ly we can
with the ( di s tributional) boundary value s f o f
i t s t componen t , i . e . f (x ) write H ;::: Hp ( lRn ) in place P space o f distributions on lRn 1 a good one only i f p > 1 nI f n ;::: 1 a b a s i c property o f =
-
u0 ( 0 , x) .
We wi l l there fore
of Hp ( R� +l ) and con side r thi s as . Actually thi s de fini tion is The re ason is the fo l lowing .
analytic functions which i s used
is analyti c then log l f l is subharmon ic . I f n > 1 and p > 1 - n1 S tein and We i s s have p roved the fol lowing substi tute : ( * ) I f u s at i s fie s ( 2 ) then l u l p is subharmonic . I t turns out that ( * ) i s the key to the is the fact that if
entire theory .
f
To be ab le to include the case of any
p
>
0
2 30
we must consider higher generalized Cauchy-Riemann equations . \'Ve consider instead (kth order) symmetric tensor fields U = (u a ) ' where a thus is a multi-index with I a ! = k , in place of ( 2 ) , satisfying dU Q J" fJ
( 2 I ) ---ax.1
n I i=O Also
(3)
k- 1 , i , j =O , l ,
= 0
.
•
.
,n) ;
( I s I = k- 1 ) .
has to be modified to : l
sup ( f I U ( t , x) I p dx) p < C < oo ( 1) t >o 1 where I f p > nn+k-1 we than have the crucial result : ( * 1 ) I f U satisfie s ( 2 1 ) then ! u ! P is subharmonic . The above de finition of Hp thus was a la Hardy-Littlewood , via harmonic functions . Fe fferman-Stein however managed to obtain a purely "real variable " characterization of Hp , using E: S with cr ( O ) f. 0 . approximative identities only. Let Then 3
a
(4 )
f E:H <=> sup ! or * f ! E: Lp P r >O
holds . (This should perhaps be compared to the Hardy and Littlewood maximal theorem. See our discussion in chapter
8. )
231
Even more , for a s ui table neighborhood (4I )
f
holds .
E
0
Hp <=> sup 0E
r * fI
E
A
L
o f 0 in
S
P
Using ( 4 ' ) i t i s pos s ib le to extend the Calder6n-
Zygmund as well as the Paley and Littlewood theory ( see Chapter 1 ) to the case of Hp . Anothe r re sul t which fo llows from ( 4 ' ) i s the Fe f fe rman-Rivie re -Sagher interpolation theorem for Hp (mentioned in chapte r 2 ) . (5)
(H
Po
,H
)
if
P1 8 p
1 p
1-8 +
( 0 < 8 < 1) .
Another maj or achievement o f Fe ffe rman-Stein not directly re l ated to ( 4 ) or ( 4 ' ) is the identi fi cation of the dual o f H 1 ( mentioned in chapte r s 2 and 8 ) : (6 ) ( To the dual o f Hp when 0 < p < 1 we return be low . ) Thi s ends our review of Hp space s . In orde r to avoid any ri sk o f con fusion le t us al so state e xplici tly that Hp
Lp
if
1< p <
oo
This follows immediately from Calde ron-Zygmund theory (or i f n
=
1 from M . Rie sz theorem on conj ugate functions ! ) .
2 32
We a l so insert the fol lowing
In de fining Hp we did e xclude the case p = 00 • With ( 6 ) in view and othe r fa cts too we are howeve r lead to Remark .
the conten t ion that the only reasonable de finition of
H 00
is : H 00
B . M. 0 .
We now finally give the formal de finition of Be sov 00 space s . Let {<1\) \) 00 and be as in chapter 3 ( see formulas ( 4 ) - ( 1 1 ) ) . =-
De finition l .
Let s be real ,
0 < p' q
2
00
We de fine
which space we e q uip with the q uasi-norm :
I I£ I I
Bps q
I I *
00 f i l L + ( l: p v= O
Analogous de finition of Bps q sq . We al so have the obvious Lorentz analogue s Bps qr and Bpr Thus the se de finition s on the surface look identical with the De finition 1 .
corre sponding one s i f
•
1� p<
oo
( see chapter 3 ) .
important word of clarification mus t be said. although f is only a ( tempered ) distribution
Howeve r one Name ly that
*
f and ¢ \) * f
are both distributions and functions , in fact entire functions o f exponential type .
Thus
I I * f I I L p
and
I I ¢ v * f I I Lp
are for
231
any
f
wel l-de fined , i . e . positive real numbe rs or
+ oo
•
By force o f this the de finition certainly i s a meaning ful one . It also turn s out that in the case 0 < p < l the distinction between Bps q and Bps q i s of a far more se rious nature than in our previous encoun te r s . By re ason s mentioned above we re frain from de fin ing potential space s .
I f they neve rthe le s s have to be de fined
they shoul d rathe r be mode l led on Hp ' not Lp . Now we want to deve lop the bas i c theory o f Be sov space s 0
with wi th
a
In our treatment in chapter 3 we s tarted
certain lemma l .
I t turns out that thi s lemma goe s
through i n the pre sent case too but i t s proo f has to be modi fied entire l y .
The re ason i s that the Minkowski in-
e q ual i ty doe s not apply anymore .
We need al so some othe r
propertie s of en tire functions of exponential type so let us give a rather penetrating study . For any se t G c...JR2 and 0 < p ..:::_ 00 let us set ( c f . chapte r 1 0 ) { f I f E:
S'
,
A
supp f
G , ¢ * f E: Lp }
By whi ch space we e q uip with the induce d q uasi-norm I I f I I L p the s ame token as above at least the de finition i s a comp le tely •
mean ingful one . What fo llows i s now a k ind of miniature theory of Bps q when there i s , roughly spe aking , on ly one v pre sent .
2 34
Lemma 1 . Let embedding
0 < p .2_
p1
<
oo
Then we have the
Lp [ K (r) ] -+ L [ K (r ) ] . I\ Moreover the ine q uality : n ( pl
f E: Lp [ K ( r) ]
holds . Thus this is part of lemma l of chapter 3 only . Proo f : In view o f the homogenity it suffices to take r = l , and also in view of Holde r ' s ine q uality p l = 00 . I f in addition n l this is j ust the classical result of Plancherel-Polya that we mentioned. We re fer to the litera ture for the proof. Now it is easily seen that the classical result at once extends to the vector valued ( to be more accurate , Banach space valued) case . It is now easy to reduce oneself to the case n = l , by induction over n . Lemma 2 . Let 0 < p .2_ co Then for any compact G lRn we have the (continuous) embedding -
C
•
Lp [G]
-+
S'
•
Proof: The embedding in q uestion is nothing but the and L -+ s ' . composition of the embeddings The continuity of the former follows from lemma l with p 1 00
= co
•
2 35
Lemma 3 .
For any compact G , Lp [ G ] i s complete , thus a q uasi -Banach space . Proo f :
Thi s i s a routine exe rci se in functional
ana lys i s ( see the proof of theo rem 1 in chapter 3 ) the deta il s .
We omit
Note howe ve r that lemma 2 i s nee de d .
Lemma 4 .
Let
i s compact , then ve rsion i s :
•
f E
S'
with
f E Ck
f E Lp [ G ) provide d
If
A
1
supp f C G , where G
p > !.:. k
.
A more q uantitative
Ial < k and
G
R ( r ) then
C r Proo f :
n(
�-
1 ) -t
By partial inte gration in Fourie r ' s invers ion
formula we find I f <x> I
n-t < C r lal
or
1 f <x > 1
< c
rn-t 1 + (r l x l > k
when ce the de s ired ine q uality.
I
2 36
0
Lemma 5 . I f G i s compact then we have for any < p < the embedding co
S[G]
-+
Lp [ G]
•
Proof : Obvious conse q uence of lemma 4 . So much for embeddings . The next two lemmas describe the dual of Lp [G] . Lemma 6 . Let G be compact . Let M s (Lp [G] ) ' . Then for any G1 with G1 int G there exists g s L 00 [ G ] such that M ( f) if f s Lp [Gl ] . Proof : Again this is a functional analysis exercise . In view of lemma 5 and the Hahn-Banach theorem there exists h S ' such that M ( f) Define g by the formula g ¢ * h where ¢ l on G1 but supp ¢ CG. Set M1 ( f) By lemma 8 , which we have not yet proven , we have M1 s (Lp [G] ) ' too. It suffices now to show that C
=
s
A-
=
A
=
A
A
Choose f so that f g (O )
•
l
1
=
on supp g . Then we get l
--
( 2 TI )
A
A
n / g ( U f ( � ) d�
237
C =I Ifi lL p g E L00 [ G ) . De fine M by M ( f )
Thus ( 7 ) fol lows with Lemma 7 . Then
Let
M E ( Lp [ G ] )
Proo f :
I '
0 < p ..::. 1
.
•
In view of Holde r ' s ine q uality we have
I If
But by lemma 1
I I L ..::_ C I I f I I L 1 p
•
We have also to con s ide r mult ipl ier s .
The following
lemma is a sub stitute for Minkowski ' s ine q uality i f
1� p�
oo
Lemma 8 .
For any G , Lp [ G ] , 0 < p < 1 , i s a q uas i-Banach algebra for convolution . More p reci se ly , considering the special case
G = Q {r)
=
the cube o f s ide 2r and cen ter 0 , a * f E Lp [ Q ( r ) ] and we
a E L [ Q ( r ) ] , f E: Lp [ Q ( r ) ] then P have the ine q ual i ty : if
n ( p1 - 1 ) < C r Proo f :
Let us again take
Then for any g (O)
r
=
1
and wri te
g
=
a * f.
E >0 =
1
Continue a ( � ) and f ( � ) , res tricted to Q ( l+ E ) , to a period i c function wi th period 2 ( l + E ) and expand the re sulting periodic function in a Fourier serie s .
We get
238
f (�) "
and similarly for a ( � ) . By Parseval ' s formula ( for Fourier s eries ) we then get f ( - l TI+Y E ) .
g (0)
i . e . we have "discretized" the convolution . Now it follows readily that (by the p-triangle ine quality) : l p p ! l l g (x) I l Lp :: 2 n o : l a ( l?'s > l l l f ( x- l7Tls > I I �p )
But by the same result by Plancherel-Polya referred to in the proof of Lemma l it can be inferred that l ( L: \ a ( 1?'s > I P ) P
2
c l l a ! I Lp
•
T he proof is complete . It is now easy to prove the counterpart o f the remaining parts of lemma l of chapter 3 .
239 Lemma 9 . a,
D
a
Let
f E Lp [ K ( r ) ]
Proof :
Wri te
Lemma 1 0 .
f E Lp [ K ( r ) ] . Then for any mul ti -index holds and we have the ine q uality
Da
f
=
a * f
with a suitable Then for any
Let
a,
a E L [K ( 2r) ] . P 0 I f s Lp [ R ( r ) ]
and we have the ine q uali ty
Proo f :
Simi l a r .
Finally we note the fol lowing Lemma 1 1 .
We have the embedding
In fact the topo logy induce d in Lp [ R ( r ) ] by Hp agree s with the one induce d by Lp ( i . e . the topology for Lp [ R ( r ) ) whi ch we have been concerned wi th ) and we h ave
I I f I lL p
<
l !f i !H
p
2 c I I f I lL p
As always we may t ake r = l . For s impl i city -1 , un ) Let f E: Lp [ R ( 1 ) ) and let u = ( u0 , u1 , we t ake p > n-n be the vector fie ld sati s fying the gene ralized Cauchy-Riemann Proo f :
.
•
.
24 0
e q uations ( 2 ) de termined by the boundary condi tion u0 ( 0 , x )
=
f ( x ) , i . e . we have
{;: ( t , 0 /';; ) We have to ve ri fy that sup l l u j ( t , x ) I I L 2 C < oo p t >o To thi s end we wri te again for a fixe d t , u . ( t , x ) wi th sui table a . ( depending on t) . J
J
=
a . * f (x) J
I t suffice s to ver i fy that
sup I I a j I I L 2 C < oo t >o p which can be re adi ly done invoking lemma 4
.
We leave the
de tai l s for the re ade r . I f we in de finition l substitute Hp we obtain the s ame space s . In othe r words : B sq Hp Remark . The s ame in the case o f de finition l i s Coro l lary .
for Lp • Bps q not true . •
Thi s i l lustrate s a po int re fe rred to alre ady , namely that the space s Bps q and Bps q behave q ui te di ffe rently . We h ave ende d our survey of Lp [ G ] . Afte r thi s thorough • background i t i s e asy to develop the theory o f Bps q and Bps q . Since most of the proo fs are entire ly paral le l to the p revious 1 2, P 2 oo ( see notably chapte r 3 and a l so to a le sser extend chap . 4 - 8 ) , we s tate al l results for B; q only and le ave the modifications ne ce s s ary for �J.. pSq to the re ade r .
one s in the case
241
First we inse rt however an example .
Example 1 . Le t f o ( Dirac function ) . Then n ( ! -1 ) , oo and thi s i s the be s t resul t in the sense that f E Bp P 1 - 1) , q < f ¢ Bps , q i f s > n ( ! - 1) o r s n ( pThi s i s seen p exactly in the same way as in the case of e x . 2 of chap . 3 . Notice that the criti cal exponent n ( p1 1) change s its sign 1 . The s i gn i ficance of thi s wil l appear late r . at p Theo rem 2 . B; q is a q uasi-Banach space . I f 1 .2_ p ..:_ oo =
00
=
- -
1 .::_ q .::_
oo
i t i s e ve n a Banach space .
Proo f :
If
1 ..:_ p .::_ oo this i s j us t th . 1 o f chap . 3 .
The
s ame proof goe s through only in one po int we have to invoke
1 ..:_ p .::_ oo was so obvious
lemma 2 ( the corre sponding fact for
that we had no nee d to s tate it on that occasion ) .
Stric t ly
spe akin g , we need also the anal ogue o f lemma 2 of chap . 3 0
but the extension of i t to the case
cause s ab solute ly
no diffi cul ty , so we leave it out .
Theorem 3 . We have the embedding S -+ Bps q dense in Bps q i f p , q < Proo f : Thi s fol lows at once from lemma 4 . Theo rem 4 . We have the embedding Bps q -+ S ' Proo f : Same as for t h . 3 o f chap . 3 .
Also
•
S
is
oo
Theorem 5 . the embedding
Let s 1 < s
or
s1
=
s , q1 � q .
.
Then we have
242
Proo f :
Thi s i s en tire l y trivial ( c f . th . 4 o f chap . 3 ) . Theorem 6 . Let s 1 .2_ s , p 1 .:::_ p , s - n = s 1 - pn-;_ Then we P s q have the embedding Bpsq + Bp l 1 Proo f : Use lemma 1 0 ( c f . th . 5 o f chap . 3 ) •
•
Thi s was the analogue o f the Be sov embedding theorem ( th . 5 o f chap . 3 ) .
Now we should have come to the anal ogue
o f the potential embedding theorem ( th . 6 o f chap . 3 )
•
But
we have no potential space s so we cons i de r inste ad embedding into Lp 1
•
Now something happens !
1 p 1 ) . Then there e xi sts p .2_ p 1 , s = n ( p 1 s q a natural mapping Bp + Lp q and , a fortiori , i f q .2_ p l a l Al so i f s > 0 then we have natural mapping Bps q + Lp l B ps q+Lp " But the se mappings are not true embeddings ( i . e . not 1 ) or s = n ( p1 1) monomorphi sms ) i f s < n ( p1 q = oo . 1 ) or s = n ( p1 - 1 ) They are i t on the o ther hand i f s > n ( p1 0 < q .2_ 1 . ( The case s = n ( p1 - 1 ) 1 < q < oo i s thus le ft in doubt . ) Theorem 7 .
Let
-
•
1
-
-
1
We il lustrate the latter po int in the fo l lowing diagram : 1 p s=n c! p -1 )
1// I I I
s
Note that the critical l ine i s the same as in the approach based on fin ite di f fe rence s , re ferred to in the beginning o f thi s chapte r .
243 Proo f : � +
way :
00
I
v =l
We norma l i ze the te s t function s in the usual ¢v =
8
B y lemma 1 we have C 2 Vs I I ¢ v * f I I L p
whence
1
p*1
< c I If I -
It follows that � * f +
N
-+
oo .
if
I B sq p
)
p 1*
N I
¢ * f has a l imit in Lp as v =1 v l Thus we have obtained a "natura l " mapping
B s q -+ Lp under the above re striction on q . Using interP l polation ( see theorem 1 0 be low) we get B;q -+ Lp q . There 1 remains the q ue stion whe ther this i s an embedding monomo rphism
�
�
- 1 ) , 0 < q ..::_ l we have s> n ( -1) or s = n ( a l so a mapping Bps q -+L l q and thi s mus t be an embedding , because L l q i s a space o f distributions . From thi s the monic character of Bps q Lp q readily can be read o f f . On the o ther hand l - l l) or s = n ( -1 ) , q = oo we have to produce a if s < n ( p
or not .
If
-+
coun ter-example .
�
We s imply take
it i s readi l y seen that
f =
8
( cf . example 1 ) .
Then
244
x � 0.
N
L:
v =l
\)
* f ( x ) -+ 0
Thus we have an f � 0
-
a distribution - which
by our mapping is sen t into the fun ction 0 . Thi s i s thus a new phenomenon .
Again we could have
avoided all compl ications i f we had con se q uently worked with Hp in place o f Lp . PROBLEM. To de scribe more dire ct ly tho se fun ctions in Lp which come from di stribution s in Bps q unde r the mapping q l s q Bp -+ Lp q o f th . 7 ( in particular thus in the case s o f non l uni q uene ss ) . For e ve ry n we have
Theorem 8 . where
J = 11 - l.l Proo f :
Jn
•
We leave thi s as an exe rcise for the re ade r ( c f .
th . 8 o f chap . 3 ) . Coro l lary .
Al l the space s Bps q with given p , q are
i s omorphi c .
Dete rmine the i somorphism c l a s s of B; q ( c f . chapte r 9 in the c ase 1 .2_ P .2_ oo ) I n particular doe s Bps q po s se s s a bas i s ? PROBLEM .
•
Theorem 9 .
For e ve ry multi - inde x a we have
Conve rsely i f for some k , D a f E: BPs - k , q fE Bps q i f f for some k we f E: Bps , q Al so f - I a
Bps q -+ Bps - J a J , q for all J a J � k then
Da
can write
•
245
Proo f :
Another exe rc i se ( c f . th . 9 of chap . 3 ) .
Now we come to interpo lation .
Since our space s are
q uasi-Banach we have only the real method at our di sposal . He re i s the re sul t ( which was alre ady used in the proo f o f th
0
7)
0
Theorem 1 0 .
We have Bps q
Proo f :
if s
Although theorem 7 o f chapte r 3 was formul ated
wi th potential space s , i t s proof re a l ly goe s through otherwi se unalte red .
We leave the detail s to the re ade r .
Re garding the corol lari e s o f th . 7 o f chap . 3 we notice that cor . 3 now i s devoid o f sense , because the Sobolev space s are not de fined in our case . cor . 4 bre aks down .
Con se q uen tly also the proof o f
We are thus face d with the fol lowing
un solve d Are the space s Bps q invari ant for a l ocal C 00 change o f coordinate s ? For Eps q thi s obvious ly i s not true ( even i f 1� p � ) In view of the deve lopments o f chapte r 1 0 the fol lowing PROBLEM.
oo
•
problem i s also o f some inte re st . PROBLEM.
To e xtend the Planche re l and Po lya busine ss
( lemma 1 , e tc . ) to the c ase of e i ge n function s o f an el liptic partial diffe rential ope rator A on a, say , compact manifo l d Q
•
246 I n other words , doe s the pre sen t theory for
0< p
have
any counter-parts for other deve lopments than j ust the Fourier trans form? The fo l lowing theorem on the othe r hand we only can prove for Bps q Theorem 1 1 . We also have •
•
A s ,mln ( q , r ) pr ·
where
s
�
s q .s q ( B o o , B· l l ) r Pl Po e
B s , max ( q , r )
pr
1- e + e ( O S < l) < ql qo
=
Proo f :
�
In view o f lemma l l we have the fol lowing
commutative diagram , analogous to the one s in chapters 4 and 5:
s Thus interpolation o f A; q i s reduce d to inte rpo lation o f £ q ( Hp ) I f we now take into accoun t the Fe ffe rman - Riviere - Sagher the ( see
(5) )
, we readily get the re sult re q ue s ted j ust by
invoking theorem 4 of chapter 4 . Next we would like to treat the analogue o f the Jack son Bernstein theorem in approximation theory ( c f . theorem l l o f
247 chapter 3 ) .
For any
ft: Lp , O < p .:s_ oo let us se t
E (r , f)
I l f-g l I Lp ( "be s t
approximation " )
I t i s a legitimate problem to ask fo r whi ch fun ction s (8)
E (r , f)
O ( r- s )
1
r -+ oo
ho lds where s i s a pre a s signed number a space of di stribut ions if
0
type of di fficulty as in th . 7 .
> 0.
Since Lp i s not we encoun te r the s ame
(And again a way out woul d
have been to use Hp on the onse t , and not Lp . problem woul d have been another one too . ) Theo rem 1 2 .
ft: Lp
Let
But then the
f t: Lp and assume that ( 8 ) holds true . I f s > n ( p.!. - 1 ) the re exists an f t: Bps oo such that f i s in the image o f f under the mapping Bpsoo-+ Lp of th . 7 . Conve rsely 00 i f f t: Bps , s > 0 1 and f i s the image o f f unde r the same �
�
mapping then ( 8 ) holds true . 0 < p < 1 1 since l .:s_ p .:s_ oo we know a lready . 00 Pick up a se q uence { g v } v =0 with Proo f :
Take
I I f -gv I I L p De fine f
l im 'J -+00
< C 2 -v s
1
g v t: Lp [ K v ]
•
248 I J
(with limit in the sen se of
1 p i ( \J� O I I ¢ \) * ( g v+ A. -g \J + A.- 1 ) I 1 LP ) p 00
I I \) * f I l L 2 c p Using lemma
7
) Then we get
we see that
I I
A.n ( ! -1) P
Since s > n ( p1 -1 ) we then get
and f s B spoo Conversely if f s Bps �
•
�
g
q,
00
we set if r :::
N "' l: * f * f + v=l �
'1' \)
•
We readily get I I f-g I l L
p
< c(
L:
2
00
v =N+l
00
L: * f i v =N+ l I I v I I p > 1 v sp p ) < c 2 -Ns < 2
The proof is complete .
1 p
-
c
r -s
249
PROBLEM .
The case
1 s -< n ( p -1) .
Next we inve stigate the dual . Although L ' = 0 ' p · O q O < p < l , by the theorem o f Day , Bp , o < p < l , being a di stri bution space , has a n i ce big dual . Theorem 1 3 . s = n ( p1 - 1 ) , O < p < l , O < q .2_ 1 . Proo f : By th . 6 we have B q -+ B � sl . There fore
�
( B � s l ' -+ ( B q ) ' . ( B� s l ) ' � B:
�
But by th . 1 2 of chap . 3 we know that
00
• Thi s prove s hal f o f the statement . For the remaining hal f we invoke lemma 6 . By HahnBanach we have at any rate
M ( f ) = with
g s S•.
Lemma
6 now shows
The re fore
oo g sB 00s
The p roof i s complete .
Turning our atten tion to Fourie r mul tipl ie rs inste a d , we have the fo llowing Theorem 1 4 .
0 < p< 1 .
We have
In parti cular the l atte r space i s a q uasi -Banach algebra . n ( ! - l ) oo and f sBps q and i f { 1)!\) } co\) = 0 ' Proo f : I f a EB p p are te s t functions such tha t 1J! \) = 1 in supp ¢ \) ' '¥ =1 in A
A
supp � then lemma give s
A
A
'¥
250
vn ( 1 - 1 ) P ! I
which apparently imp l ie s a * f s B�q and a s C B�q · Conve rsely i f a s C B q i t i s e asy to see that we must have ( c f . proof
;
of th . 4 o f chap . 7 )
Choo sing
A
A
1 in supp
f
<
and
n ( p1 - 1 ) , oo a E Bp
c
2
Vn ( 1- p.!.)
The proo f i s complete .
The fo llowing coro l lary o f the proof i s o f some in te re s t . Coro llary l . Proo f :
We have
Clearly
C Hp
+
C Hp
+
n ( .!. p - l ) oo
Bp
0 <
if
p
<
l.
s C Bpq ( cf . proof o f th . 4 o f
chap . 7 ) . n ( .!. - l ) oo Bp p by the argument o f the proof o f th. 15 . But C B• ps q We also mention •
Coro l lary 2 .
Assume a sat i s fie s for some
1 vn ( p -1) sup 2 \)
0 <
< 00
p
<
l
251 then
a E C Bps q . Proo f : Use S zacz theorem ( th . 7 of chap . 7 ) . We also mention anothe r corol lary , which should also be
compared to some of the re sults of chap . 7 i s 1 - l ) co p Coro l lary 3 . We have -+
if
O < p < l.
Re garding (ordinary ) multipliers we can prove the fo llowing. We have B cos q -+ M Bps q provide d s > 0 . This general i z e s th . 9 o f chap . 7 and indeed
Theorem 15 . Proo f :
the same proo f e xtends to the pre sent case . Remark .
In the ca se
l .:':._ p .:':._ co we could obtain info rmation
about mul tip l iers in the case corre sponding re sul ts i f app ly anymore .
s <0
s > 0.
If
j us t by dual ity from the 0
thi s does not
Howeve r some results on multipliers
can be
obtained using the l a s t p art o f theorem 9 . Name ly theorem impl ie s that b E M Bps , q provide d b E M Bps + l , q , D . b E M Bps+l , q ( j =l , , n ) . But the fin a l result i s not so •
J
.
9
•
neat so we re frain from s tating i t e xp l i ci t ly . He now make a direct confrontation with Hardy classe s Hp . Thi s i s completely analogous to the tre atment in chapter 4 . But we have not formulated explicitly e i the r the Paley-Li tt lewood or the Ca lderon-Zygmund theory so we j us t state the re sult without proof . Theorem 1 6 .
We have : if
O < p 2._ 2 .
252 :8p° 2 -+ Hp :Bp0 P i f 2 .2_ p < oo (and that Hp Lp i f l < p < oo ) I f we agree to put H 00 B . M . O . the latter re sult remains valid for p too . -+
Recall also tha t
=
•
=
oo
However we di scus s in some more de tail some o f the con se q uence s of th . 1 6 . Coro l lary 1 .
We also have
provide d Proo f : 2 < p < oo
We fix attention to the case
0
..::_ 2
1
because
1
Lp ' we coul d simply apply the s ince then Hp re sults of chap . 3 . From theorem 6 (or rather its ana logue for Bps q ) we infe r if
Next by interpo lation we obtain
The de s ired re sul t fo llows upon invoking ( 5 ) and t h . 1 0 ( We apologi ze for having use d p 1 in two di f fe rent sen se s ! ) where s = n cp! - 1 ) , Coro l l ary 2 . We have ( Hp ) ' :::: B 00 O
Proo f :
1
From coro llary l we obtain at on ce
253 But in view o f theorem 1 3 B S ao ()()
The proof i s comple te . Finally we take up for di scussion the q ue stion of using othe r approximative p seudo-identitie s ( c f . chap . 8 ) . First we e stab l i sh the analogue o f th 1 of ch 8 . 1 -1) -s ,p n( p Theorem 1 7 . As sume that o E: B and P 0
Then we have as
Proof : unalte re d .
r
-+
0
or
oo
The proo f o f the said theo rem goes through almo s t We on ly have t o invoke lemma 8 in place o f
Minkowski ' s ine q uality . As a con se q uence ( c f . chap . 8 , e x . 1 and e x . 3 ) we can prove that (9)
• f E:Bps ()()
( j=l , • • • , n ) max ( n (
� -1)
,0)
< s < 1.
if
254
Corresponding re sul ts ho ld o f course a l so for general q . Now we ask for the conve rse . breaks hope l e s sly down .
The proo f o f th . 9 o f chap . 8
Fortunate ly i t i s po ssib le to re scue
the case by treating each of the two case s separate ly each time by a diffe rent spe cial me thod .
We be gin with the case
of ( 9 ) . Theorem 1 8
•
1 Assume that max ( O , n C P
f t: Bps oo <= > I I /:, te f I I L j p •
Proof : on the other.
1 ) )
(j=l,
•
<
•
•
s<
1,
0 < p < l.
,n) .
One direction is o f course ( 9 ) so we concentrate Le t thus
it is easy to see that this is indeed e q uivalent to the assumptions of the theorem.
If
"" i s one of our { ¢ \) } v=oo
se q uence s of te s t function s we have to e s timate the Lp -q uasi norm o f ¢ v * f ( x ) = J ¢ v( y ) f ( x- y ) dy = f ¢ v( y ) ( f (x-y) - f ( x ) ) dy . The idea i s to approximate the l atte r inte gral with the fo l lowing di s crete sums :
255 J
L:
y sZ n yf 0
wk {y)
where Wk (y) are the p arallel cubes of side 2 -k with one vertex at :zk Indeed since as is readily seen 2 •
k
S'
for any f E
lim
-+ - 00
0
we have 00
and it suffice s to e stimate the di fferences Sk + l - sk . Writing
f ( 2 Y+e ) v ( z ) I ) 2 ) ysZ w (y) yf" O k -k ( s-n ( pl - 1 ) v n ( l- p.!.) min (l , 2 (k - v ) A ) 2 < c 2 L:
L:
• • •
z
L:
256
where A i s a numbe r at o ur di sposal .
F rom thi s i t. readi ly
fol lows that
s > n ( p1 - 1 ) .
where , in order to as sure convergence , we need The p roo f i s complete .
Now we turn our attention to the case o f ( 10 ) . Theorem 1 9 .
As sume that
s < 1, 0 < p < l.
Then
( Here u = ut is the solution of Lapl ace e q uation 6 u 0 y , 1 . e . 1n ot h er wor d s 1n JRn+l + Wlth b oun d ary d ata prov1 de d b f the Poi s son integral of f . ) =
·
·
·
Proo f :
·
·
Again i t i s only one dire ction which matters .
As sume thus with Le t us write with
where
\j!
v
t � 2- v
i s given by
v
t au at ·
257
Again we want to discretize . Writing
we get I <Jv
(x)
1 .::_
C
where we have put sup l vt (x+ e ) t
I e 1 .::.
I·
It follows that 1
l l g v I I L -< ( L: n tnp ( ljJ v* (yt) p ) p l l vt* I l L < p y EZ p The proof is thus complete if we can prove the following Lemma 1 2 (Gwil liam) . We have
Again lemma 12 is a :3 imple conse q uence of the following Lemma 1 3 . Let h be any harmonic function defined in an open set (J) C :ffin + l and let p > 0 . Then l h (x l i .::_ C ( n+l K J( x , r ) I h ( Y l I P r 1
1
dy l P
258
holds where at
x
E:
CD.
K (x, r)
i s a ball
c
, with radius r and cen ter
For the proof o f lemma 1 3 we re fe r to the literature . Remark .
Whi le as in the case o f th 18 we treated B• ps q ( and not Bps q ) j us t for convenience , we do not know i f th . 1 9 i s true anymore i n the case of Bps q . Thi s would re q uire an analogue o f lemma 1 3 for me taharmonic functions . That we have been obliged to treat th . 1 8 and th . 19 by two e ntire ly di f fe rent me thods is rather annoyin g . can ' t be j ust completely unrelate d .
They
We conc lude there fore by
s tating i t as a PROBLEM .
F ind a general condition on 0 (r
-s ) .
a
which implie s
259
Notes The writer ' s work on non-linear approximation theory and Besov spaces with 0 < p < 1 referred to is [ 4 7 ] . For the proof of th. 1 see [ 1 5 4 ] . For the Douady counter-example see [ 1 5 5 ] . Flett studies Besov ( or Lipschitz) spaces on T 1 using the Hardy-Littlewood approach with harmonic functions in [ 5 3 ] . The pre sent approach to Besov space s with 0 < p < l was announced in [ 15 6 ] . Most of the results have counter-parts in [ 5 3 ] . The theorem of Plancherel-Polya , underlying lemma l , is discussed in Boas ' book [ 1 5 7 ] , p . 9 8 . (Another proof can actually be based on the ideas of Fe fferman-Stein [ 36 ] ) . The idea of the proof of lemma 8 is classical , too ; see notably books in approximation theory , e . g. [ 2 3 ] or [ 2 4 ] . All the results used on Hp spaces are from Fe fferman-Stein [ 36 ] , the only exception being the interpolation result ( 5 ) which is from Fe fferman-Riviere-Sagher [ 4 9 ] . For an overall introduction to Hp see also Stein-Weiss [ 3 7 ] , chap . 3 and Stein [ 14 ] , chap . 6 . Cor. 2 of theorem 1 6 was first proved by Walsh [ 35 ] . It is the analogue of the Duren-Romberg-Shields result [ 3 4 ] for D . Note that ( 3 ) was incorrectly announced in [ 15 6 ] (with 0 < s < l , instead of max ( 0 , n ( p - 1 ) ) < s < l ) . The diffi culties in the proof of th . 18 are the same as in the inte gration of functions with value s in locally q uasi-convex topological vector space . Concerning this latter topic see [ 4 7 ] where some reference s can be found. The idea of the proof of th . 19 , including lemma 1 2 , is taken over from a classical paper by Gwilliam [ 1 5 8 ] . Lemma 1 3 is due to Hardy-Littlewood l
-
260
if p
n =
=
1
and to Fe ffe rman-Ste in [ 3 6 ] for general n .
1 i t i s j us t the classical me an value property for
harmonic function s .
If
Chapter
12 .
�
Some strange
spaces .
In this brief final chapter we shall - to the bewilderment of the reader, we are afraid - indicate several new generali zations of our spaces . Trace s of them can be seen here and there in the preceding chapters . But in no case has a systematic study been made and the following lines should j ust be considered as a rough draft for a general program. s 1 ° We begin with the space s F q of Triebel ( see Chap . 4 ) . p Recall their de finition : {f I f +
E
S
'
and
I I
+
00
I I ( v = -L: oo
In the same way the "homogeneous " spaces F• ps q can be defined. As a matter fact Triebel considers only the case 1 < p < oo , 1 < q < oo and the extension to the full range 0 < p � oo , 0 < q � oo thus remains to be carried out. In particular Triebel proves interpolation and duality theorems for Fps q which are analogous to the ones we have encountered for Bps q . In any case it is easy to see that
261
262
Thi s obviously extends th . 1 of Chap . 4 , because we have
Be side s , the case s
g oo
g
=
=
2 and g
p a l so the case
g
oo
i . e . the space s Fp , might have some inte re s t . Remark . A t se cond thought , maybe the notation Pp8 g might have been pre ferable for Fp8 g . 2 ° \ve have encoun te re d the space s L p A. o f Stampacchia which we choose to denote by B s ; P ( see Chap . 7 m e x . 1 0 ) where usually
l<
p
<
oo
Recal l that
•
f E B s · P <=>
0
I
I
1 0 r* f l I L
and that we prove d
00
< C r -s
He re , and in what fol lows ,
the q uanti fication 11
0 11 mean s that 0 run s through some pre -
assigned set o f te s t fun ctions , in the pre sent case determined by the conditions :
I I0I
(l) J x a 0 ( x ) dx
0
IL
p
,
<
l,
if I a I� k
s upp 0
K ( 0)
(whe re k i s an intege r > s )
for a general space X and also compare with the de finition o f Bp8 g with general g we are 8 thus lead to con sider space s B 8 g X ( or pe rhaps bette r B g X ) I f we here substi tute
L
00
de fined by a condi tion o f the type
263
v 0
In particular i f X = Lp we have the spaces To specify that the test functions are the particular ones appearing in ( l ) we write B psq ,· P The interest of the latter primarily comes from the following result which is easy to prove . Theorem l . We have •
CX ,
B.M.O.
In particular taking X CLOO
L we thus have 00
' B.M. o.
But by Fe fferman-Stein ( see
(6)
o f Chap . ll)
so we have the following: Coro llary . We have : ( The latter space is thus independent of ) . This should be compared with the corollary of th. Chap . 7 stating that
4
of
264
3°
Ne xt we recal l the space s Vp o f function s o f bo unde d pth variation in the sense of Wiener ( see th . 7 in Chap . 5 and e x . 9 in Chap . 8 ) .
We have
1/p f t. Vp <=> ( L: / f (b ) - f ( a ) / P ) ;;, C < oo I for all famil ie s
{I } o f di s j o int inte rva ls
I
=
(a,b)
C lli .
They are re al ly j ust a spe cial case o f ce rtain more general N P A of Stampacchi a , also generali z ing the space s
space s
s ; p) . LP A (= B
The se space s are de fined by a condi tion of
the type (2)
( L: Q
1 r Qn+s
for al l famil ie s
{Q }
o f di s j oint cube s
=
if p
=
1 and p ()()
=
00 ,
s
=
1/p
we have the space s
TIP of s i de r 0 ,
pl) , depending on Q . we apparent ly get back v p " Al so B s o0 ; p ) . We would l ike Bs ; p
n 0 be ing a po lynomial o f degree If n
Q
<
k (k
(=
>
p
to expre ss thi s 1n terms of our approximat ive pseudo- ident ities or .
But somehow it doe s not q uite match .
Anyhow it i s not
d iff icult to show that ( 2 ) implies (3)
0
sup
sup r
rs I
a
r
* f I s Lp oo
•
Thi s should be notab ly compared with th . 4 o f Chap . 8 which 1 - ns · We s 1 p says that ( 3 ) i s imp l ie d by f t. Pp , with p s are thus le ad to con side r space s F q X de fine d by condition s
265
of the type dr ) l / g r In particular we have the spaces F ps g ; P as well as their Lorentz counter -parts F ps gr ; P Thus th . 4 of Chap . 8 can be rephrased as sup 0
E:
-
X.
•
F ps oooo · p ' lp I
l p
l n
-
Notice also that the Fe fferman-Stein characteri zation of Hp ( see ( 4 ) and ( 4 ' ) of Chap . ll) can be interpreted as
where we have not speci fied the set of test functions . The insight gained under the headings l - 3 can maybe be st summarized in the following table : 0
B
0
F
- I � Finally we would like to mention very brie fly two more generalizations : 4 ° If one studies the type of sets of test functions entering in the Fe fferman - Stein characterization of Hp ( see ( 4 ' ) of Chap . ll) one i s lead to the idea of introducing Besov type
266 spaces where also powers of l x l figure in the definition . For example , one might consider conditions of the type : I I
fi i a + Lp
00
( v�O
where L;v denote s Lp with re spect to the weight ( 1 + 2 \J i x l ) a , i .e .
This clearly poses a lot of new problems . 5° In Chap . ll we described the dual of Hp when 0 < p < l as a Besov space ( see Th . 1 3 of the said chapter) . In the case o f the disk D we have as a limiting case of Hp = Hp (D) as p + Q the Nevanlinna class N. The closure of nice functions in N is the Smirnov class N+. (Smirnov is also the name of an American vodka but there might be no deeper connection . ) The dual of N+ was recently identified by Yanagihara. There ari ses for us now the q uestion whether there is an analogous theory of Besov type space s , even in JRn 6° Maybe one should use Beur l ing distributions instead of ordinary (tempered) distributions . Maybe there is even a connection between 5° and 6° . •
267
Notes
Space s related to the spaces Fpsq of Triebel [ 7 3 ] have also been studied by Lizorkin [ 1 5 9 ] . Some of Triebel ' s results ( for l < p < ) are extended to the ful l range 0 < p < oo in Peetre [ 1 6 0 ] where there is also given an application of the space s FpO oo to a type of problem in approximation theory first studied by Freud [ 2 6 ] . Th . l was stated in [ 1 2 0 ] . The work of Fe fferman and Stein we have been re ferring to is of course [ 36 ] . The space s N P A appear e . g. in Stampacchia [ 1 6 1 ] . One o f the works of Yanagihara is [ 1 6 2 ] . Regarding Beurling distributions see Bjorck [ 1 6 3 ] . oo
268
Appendix A.
On the trace . I denti fy :mn-1 with the hyperpl ane x 1 =0 in :mn and conside r the operation o f tak ing the re striction to :mn - l o f function s i n :mn ( " trace " )
The purpo se o f thi s appendix is to prove the fo llowing theorem which goe s back to the work o f Aron s z a j n , Babic , S lobodecki j , Gagl iardo , S te in , etc .
Thi s theorem can al so
be cons idered as an optima l case of the Sobolev Embedding
theorem as state d in chap . 1 ( the spe cial case n 1 = n-1 ; the general case n 1 < n fo l lows from it easily by induction ; in view of the Extension theorem and the Invariance theorem
i t suffice s to con s ider the case when man i fold of � = :mn )
�
, is a l i near sub
•
Theorem.
We have
(1)
T ( 13ps q )
(2)
T c Pps )
where
1 S >p
1
1 . s- p ' q Bp 1 . s- p ' p Bp
1 < p < oo
Proo f ( Outline ) : imply that
1
1,2_ q .2_ oo . We note that ( 1 ) and ( 2 ) in particular
269 T: -+
T:
1 . s- P- , p Bp
We shall construct a mapping (3) (4)
S:
1 . s- p ' q B
S:
1 . s - p- ,p Bp
which is also a sect ion o f that we do suppose that S
-+
s
such that
B sq
p
.p s p
-+
T1 is
i . e . ToS
independent o f s .
i s more than i s needed for the theorem. (2)
prove
id .
We point out Clearly thi s
I t is suf ficient to
1 be cause ( 1 ) follows at once from ( 2 ) by inte rpolation .
We there fore fix our attention to ( 3 ) .
We shall indicate by
different methods .
Method 1 0 (abstract ) .
We conside r a general Banach
-+
A = {A 0 1 A 1 } . We re cal l the following wel l-known re sul t (Lions-Peetre ) : An element a s A 0 + A 1 admi ts a repre couple
sentation of the form a = w(O) where
w
w (t) ( 0 < t < U� i ! w ( t l l l �
1
oo )
s atisfies
1 p dt ) <
oo
00
I
2 70
w ( s ) denoting the derivative of order s , s intege r , i f f -+
a E (A) 8
P
l l - sp -
, e
I t i s ho>-Jever not difficul t to extend this re sult to the case s non-inte ger > one then has to con sider w ( s ) as a
�;
fractional derivative
l a Riemann-Liouvi lle .
In one case we
l •B s- p' P p
-+
(A) e
a
P
Using the N.ikhlin mul tip l ier theorem ( see chap . 4 ) we see that i f f E Pps and a = T f one can take w de fined by , xn _ 1 ) . Thus ( 2 ) follows but not dire ctly w (t ) = f ( t , x 2 , •
•
•
the stronge r statement embodied in ( 4 ) .
Howeve r an analys i s
o f the general ab stract re sult reveal s that a t least in our particular spe cial case one get s a se ction S sat i s fying the de s ired continuity conditions and which moreover doe s not depend on s .
Whence e f fe ctive ly ( 4 ) .
Method 2 ° ( via a d i f feren tial e q uation ) . i s based on an ide a of Lizork in ' s .
This treatment
We shall base oursel ve s
on the fol lowing lemma which wil l not be prove d . Lemma .
" l
Con s ider the boundary value problem
dt
f
=
+ I f
0
if
t >0 (I
a
if
t
0
.;::::;;:-; t
xl ) .
2 71 Then holds : l . s- p ' p a E: Bp
f E: .pps <=>
l < p < co but s i s arbitrary real .
where
Let us howeve r ve ri fy that the theorem fol lows from the lemma .
In view of the Extension theorem ( see Appendix B ) we may a s wel l replace JRn by the hal f space JRn+ = {x 1 > 0 } Each f E: .pps admi ts then , i f s > pl the uni q ue repre sentati on .
-
with both
f 0 and f 1 in 0
P; if
I
where in addition t
0
0
if
t> 0
Cle arly
1 p s- p ' Bp
ConThere fore follows from the lemma that Tf E: l s- ' P it is clear by the same token that verse ly i f a E: Bp p a = Tf with f E: Pps for some f. This prove s ( 2 ) but we al so .
ge t readily the s tronge r statement ( 4 ) by de fining S with the aid of the formula Sa = f where f i s pre c i sely the solution
2 72 of the boundary problem .
273 B. On -the extension theorem. We begin by proving the Extension theorem as formulated in chap . l . We thus assume that � is bounded with a C 00 (or j ust "sufficiently" differentiable ) boundary and we want to prove every f E: vi
( �f (X) if x 1 > 0 � . ! 00
g (x)
• • •
, x1 ) d A if x1 < 0
where
�
(l)
��
oo
f
I\ � . f
> ( A ) d A
l
A d A= 2 dA
¢ p)
.
-1 =
l
where JR.� = It is clear that But in view of ( l) it now fol lows that g , ()dXg l al l have the same trace on JR.n- 1 = {x I x l = 0 } irrespective of whether we approach JRn- 1 from By Green ' s theorem we have g
( O , oo )
f
�
+
+
I
{x I x 1 < 0 } d2 g --ax 1 2 t •
I
or
g
•
•
•
t
2 74
fo r al l te s t function s
3¢
g ax 1
JR
�)
, and simi larly for higher
Addi tion now give s
orde r de rivative s .
fn
V ( JR
�n
ag a x l
3g i s the di s tributional de rivative of g dx l 2 whi ch thus be longs to Lp . In the same way we find _IL5!2 t:: Lp , ax Hence g E: l.fp ( JRn ) Since the re striction o f g to 1 JRn+ in f , we are through . It fol lows that
•
We now notice that the e xten sion we have cons tructe d i s independent o f k ( at least i f k i s bounde d ) , and i t i s al so clearly linear cont inuous .
Thus we have k independent
commutative diagrams of the form
Thi s i s o f importance i f one wants to interpo late . one shows easily e . g . that s q Bp l l ( rl ) ) 8 q if
s
=
( 1- 8 ) so
+
8sl , 0 <
8
< l,
at lea s t i f one , as sugge sted in chap . l , de fines
Indeed
.
•
•
2 75
We shal l al so discuss the fol lowing problem.
When
( i . e . for whi ch value s of s ) is it po s s ible to extend f by 0 outside
rl
Again we may take
•
h (x )
rl
:ffi
�
•
Give n f le t us set
f
f ( x ) i f x1 > o i f x1 < 0 '-0
We shal l show that i f
0 < s < p! , l < p < oo then follows from = P; ( :ffin ) An analogous result for
f r:::P; ( :ffi� ) that h E: P; • Bps q ( :ffin+ ) can then be obtained using inte rpolation . That thi s i s not true i f s > 1/p fol lows from the e xi s tence of the trace •
( see Appendix A) .
using the Hikhl in mul tip l ier theorem
( see Chap . 4 ) one see s that it suffice s to cons ide r the case n=l . As a norm for h in Pps i f 0 < s < 1 one can take h (x+t ) - h ( x) ts Since (2)
h
0 if
x <0
dt t
II
L
p
( :ffi )
there are two te rms to be e s timate d :
f ( x+t) - f ( x ) s
and (3)
f ( x+t) ts
dt t
II
L ( :ffi
p
He re ( 2 ) cause s no d i f ficulty .
-) To e s timate ( 3 ) we use
276 interpolation ( cf . e . g. the treatment of potentials in chap . 2 ) . Let p 0 < p < p 1 • Set Tf (x)
!�
Tk f ( x)
f ( y) dy (y+x) s +l
f ( y ) dy • f k+l k 2 _< y < 2 (y+x ) s+l
In view of Holder ' s inequality we get
where g1
1 p + s . Hence 1
p ) ! I f i l ( i= O , l ) Lp or k ( p1 2
l _ !_ ) P o J ( 2k ( P o P1
.!. )
follows now
Since Tf T : Lg
-+
Lp oo
or after another interpolation T : Lg p
-+
Lp
277
But the potential embe dding theorem ( th . 6 o f chap . 3 ) says that
.p s p
-+
L p q
Hence T:
.p s
p
-+
Lp
Thus the expre ssion in { 3 ) can be e stimated in terms of
I ItI I
.
p
s . p
We have shown that
278 C.
On the partial regul arity o f ve ctor value d functions . We cons ider functions
F
def ined in
JRn with value s in a given Banach space have the scalar value d function
<w , F >
v. •
If
W E V ' we
The problem we
are going to di scuss i s what one can s ay about the regularity of the function F i s we know some thing o f the regularity o f some o f the funct ions <w , F > i n some dire ct ion O ;# h E JRn . First we have to make pre c i se what we mean by regularity in direction
h ;#
0.
Con s ider in
:rn.�
the sets
E (h) = { � I I h � I � 1 } , H v ( h ) = { � I 2 v -1 � I h � I � 2 v + 1 } ( v= O , l ,
•
•
•
)
satis fying analogous conand test function s � and { � v } �= O ditions as those in Chap . 3 , with E ( h) and { H v ( h ) } �=O taking the role of the usual K and {Rv } � =O " E . g . a typical case would be -1 L: v=-oo where � is given . De finition .
We set
s { f l f E S ' , I I � * f i l L + ( E ( 2 v i i
Bsq ( h ) P
=
The re ade r will probab ly have no di f fi cul tie s in proving the fo llowing
1 /q
<
279
Lemma . Let s > 0 l � p� , 0 < q � oo Then f E Bps q iff f E Bps q (h) for all ( It j usti fies the terminology only. ) Now we can announce our main result . Theorem. Let A be a subset of V ' x lR� such that every w E V ' and every 0 � t; E IRn we may write with sui table scalars c. oo
J
(l)
w = n c. w. j=l 2:
J
J
where for some h . E lRn holds (w . ,h . ) E A and h . t; � O( j=l , ,n) . Let F be a function in lRn with value s in V such that for some s , p , q where s > 0 , l � p � 0 < q � holds J
J
00 '
J
•
J
.
.
00
for all (w, h ) E A Then < w, F> E Bps q for all W EV '. Remark . I f V is finite dimensional then it is seen that ( l ) is equivalent to the following condition (l ' ) I f for some pair (v, U E V x lRd holds <W , v > h t; all (w, h) E A then v = 0 or t; = 0 . Proof : Let
0
� t; E IRnt; and w E V' . Let us write
0
for
2 80 > ,
f = <w,F
f . J
=
>.
<w . , F J
It i s e asy to see that it i s
suf ficient to prove that
I I �*
(2) where
{ � UJ
�
and
f. 0 }
t i l Lp +
{ ¢v }� = O
K 0 and the set
2v s
the bal l wi th radius view o f
( 1)
(3)
L
v =O
are te s t fun ction s such that the set
contains
sufficiently small
()()
(
>
0.
and center
{ ¢ v ( E; ) f. 0 } contains at 2v i; , s be ing
( Use j u st a partition on unity . )
we have
n l:
j =l
c.
J
¢ J. *
f.; � * f J
n l:
j=l
c. � * f. J
J
Util i zing the fact that h j f. 0 i t i s now e asy to produce � and { ¢ v }�= O such that ( 2 ) ho lds wi th f repl aced by f j . There fore ( 2 ) itse l f i s a conse q uence o f ( 3 ) . complete .
The proof i s
In
281 D.
Pseudo di fferential operators in Be sov space s . In the fore going we have been concerned both with
ordinary mul tipliers and with Fourier multip l iers , i . e . we have cons idere d linear ope rators of the spe cial type s Tf
and
bf
( see notably Chap . 7 ) .
Tf
a * f
Now we want to me rge the two type s .
To be gin with let us consider finite l inear combination s of the type Tf
Z
b . (a . * f) l
l
With the aid of Fourie r ' s inversion formul a we can wri te 1
Tf ( x )
( 2 TI) n
This leads us to con sider q uite generally operators of the type Tf (x)
(1)
1
We say that such a T i s a pseudo di ffe rential operator wi th symbol
o
=
o ( x , �) .
Such an appe llation i s chosen because
in the special case when
o ( x , � ) is a po lynomia l function in
� for fixed x, T actua l ly is a (partial ) di f fe rential ope rator .
One can show that the symbol ade q uately re flects
282 T1 and T2 are p seudo diffe rential ope rators with symbol s 0 1 and 0 2 re spectively then clearly T 1 + T 2 has symbol 0 1 + 0 2 but one can show that T 1 T 2 too i s a p seudo differential operator and that its symbol i s 01 0 2 , up t o a certain error term the properties of the operator .
Indeed i f
( i . e . pseudo di fferential operator commute approximative ly) . We re fe r to the l iterature for detai l s .
He re we wi l l be
concerned with the action o f pseudo di ffe rential operators in Be sov space s .
1 .::_ p .::_
First we take
oo
Let us rewrite ( l ) in the form
of an integral operator
(2 )
f k (x,y)
Tf ( x )
f ( y) dy
with the kernel give n by (3)
k (x,y)
=
f e i ( x-y ) E;, 0 ( x , E;,) dE;,
l
By partial integration we obtain ( 3 I ) ( x-y) a k ( x , y)
=
l
( 2 n) n
Our basic assumpt ion wil l be one of the Mikhlin type (4)
<
. ( By our convent1on s , D a acts in the
for all a , t;,
variable s ,
B
o8
on the
283
For simplicity let us also assume that
x variable s . )
vani she s for � s K ( l ) ( un i t ball ) .
T where
00
T \)
{ ¢ \! } v =O
Let us write
Tv E v=O co
i s an p seudo di f fe ren tial ope rator with symbol
be ing one o f our se q uence s of te st function s .
( 3 ' ) and ( 4 ) (with
c co
1 �p �
{ �v } � =O be ing � ( �) = 1 if p
�
Tv .
1 n l x-y l
( No te that thi s
. )
Then fol lows
a second se q uence o f te s t functions , with It fo llows that
\)
I I Tf I I L
From
S = 0 ! ) we readi ly obtain
kz..: being the kernel corre sponding to implies i n p articul ar
Let now
cr ( x , � )
T f E v=O I I v I I Lp� co
c
2 84
we have e stabli shed the fo l lowing Lemma l .
I f ( 4 ) holds than
for any
To proceed farther let us re call the following facts ( see Chap . 3 , th . 9 ) : 1 2
0
f
0
E
Bpk q <=>D s f
f
E
Bp-k , q <= > f
E
I s I ,;S k
for al l l:
I S I ,;S k >
Here k i s any inte ge r
B pO q
ns f s
fs
w i th
E
BpO q
Then we c an prove Lemma 2 . I f ( 4 ) holds then T : Bpkl Bpkoo for any l ,;S P ,;S oo , k integer > o . Proo f :
-+
By Le ibn i tz ' formul a we obtain l:
(5 )
o.
s' + s" =s l:
C sS ' S "
C sa , a n fJ
1-'
1 f e ix E: D a 1 G (x , l: ) ( i l: ) a n f ( l: ) d � n (2 ) n
�-'
�-'
T S ' ( iD ) S " f
where thus the T S ' again are p seudo di f fe rential operators By 1 o we then have D s f E B O q s at i s fy ing ( 4 ) . P The re fore By ( 5 ) and Lemma l i t fol lows that D S Tf E L . P k oo ° Tf E Bp again by 1 -koo Lemma 3 . I f ( 4 ) holds than T : B� kl -+ Bp for any •
l ,;S P
_,;S
oo , k intege r
Proo f : (5
I
)
> 0.
We rewr i te ( 5 ) a s
•
285 By induct ion we obtain (6) where the
s 13 ,.
are p seudo di ffe rential operators sat i s fying ( 4 ) . kl Let f E L: D f Then by 2 ° f i3 i3 with f E B� . By ( 6 ) and Lemma 1 it fo llows that T n 13 f E Lp . There fore again B�kl .
=
From Lemma 2 and Lemma 3 we now e asily get by in terpo lation ( Chap . 3 , th . 7 ) . Theorem 1 . 1 ,;S P ,;S
oo ,
0
..2_
I f ( 4 ) holds then T : Bps q + Bps q provided oo , s real .
We now turn our attention to the case
0 < p < 1.
As in a
similar context in Chap . 11 thi s wil l be done vi a discreti zation .
We have the formul a 1 ( v+l )n 2
( 1/J v * f ) ( x- TI 2 - v y)
Using this it is not hard to see that Lemma 1 is val id for 0
too .
But thi s doe s not help us much , for Lp i s not a distribution space . We would like to have an e stimate for
I I tP;.
* T f I l L instead . To get thi s we imitate the procedure p � used in the proo f o f th . 9 o f Chap . 7 . Le t T v be the pseudo di ffe rential operator corre sponding to the symbol 0 � ( x , t_; ) ¢ v ( t_; )
where 0 � ( x , t_; )
J cp ( x-y) �
0 ( y , t_; ) dy
286
Then we have
Luckily in
v �A
or
Jl
� A*
� A.
T f
now enter on ly terms with e i ther
The contribution o f the former type o f terms
amounts
The terms o f the l atter type cause some trouble .
Essential ly
we get a contribution o f the type
where
C Jl
(4) (i.e. S
C � in a
i s a constant depending on the cons tants =
� ) , but for the symbol oJl
•
We the re fore assume
now (4 I )
I D a D s oJl ( x , I; ) I � c � s
with (
Z
p ( C Jl ) ) as
1/p
I I; 1 a for all <
c
as
<
oo
the good analogue of Lemma 1 .
a, S .
for al l
( We remark that thi s i s e ssential ly a condition at thi s i s so one argument shows that
a , S , Jl
oo
.)
If
Thi s i s
T:
I t i s now e asy to prove the
analogous of Lemma 2 and Lemma 3 too .
We
are content to
287 write down the end re sul t Theorem 1 ' .
I f ( 4 ' ) holds ( in p lace o f ( 4 ) ) then the
conclusion o f th . 1 e xtends to
0
too .
We conclude by indicating an application which shows what pseudo di ffe rential operator are re ally good for. First we remark that what we have conside red until now really \vere only symbol s o f de gree 0 .
In the s ame way we
can treat symbol s of any degree m , i . e . ( 4 ) is replaced by (4 " )
a,
for all
with a corre sponding modi ficat ion of ( 4 ' ) .
S,
The conclusion
is then o f the type Now to the app l i cation promi sed . Let A be an e ll iptic partial di f fe rential operator of degree m with C 00 coe f ficients , to simp l i fy , Example .
s ay , con stant outside a compact set .
Then i t i s pos sible to
find a p seudo di ffe rential operator T o f de gree -m such that T A
id + S
where S i s a pseudo d i f fe rential operator of degree - 1 .
If
th . 1 ( or th . 1 ' ) i s app l i cable , we then may conclude that l.e. a A f t: B ps-m, q follows f Bps q from f t:Bps-l q regulari ty theorem . I
cc.
f
·
288
Note s ( for the appendi x ) A.
Some general re fe rence s perta ining to the trace problem can be found in [ 5 6 ] . [ 74 ]
B.
The re ference to Li zorkin is
•
For the extension theorem for domains sati s fying a kind of cone condition see Stein [ 1 4 ] , chap . 7 .
Re garding
"e xtension by 0 " see Arkeryd [ 7 6 ] and the re fe rence s given there .
The interpol at ion techni q ue used i s the one
of [ 5 5 ] ( c f . also [ 5 6 ] ) . C.
The problem discussed here , and the re sult have the ir origin in the work of Boman [ 1 6 4 ] .
D.
For an over al l introduction to p se udo di f ferential operators see Hormander [ 1 6 5 ] .
289
Re ference s [1]
J . L . Lion s , Eq uations di f fe rentie lles operatione l l e s et probleme s aux limite s .
Springer , Be rl in-Gottingen
He idelberg , 1 9 6 1 . [2]
J.
L . Lions and E . Mage ne s , Nonhomogeneous boundary
value problems and appl ications , I . Springe r , Berlin Gottingen-New York , 1 9 7 2 . [3]
S . L . Sobolev , On a theorem in function al analys i s . Mat . Sb . 4 ( 1 9 3 8 ) , 4 7 7-4 9 7 .
, Appl ication s of functional analysis in
[4 ]
mathematical phys ics . [5 ]
(Rus s i an )
o.
V.
Moscow , 19 5 0 .
( Rus sian )
Be sov , Inve s tigation o f a fami ly of functional
space s connected with embedding and extension theorems . Trudy Mat . Ins t . S teklov 6 0 ( 1 9 61 ) , 4 2 - 8 1 . [6]
s.
(Rus sian )
M . Nikol ski j , Approximation of functions of seve ral
variable s and embedding theorems .
Moscow , 1 9 6 9 .
( Rus sian ) [7]
------
, On embedding , e xten sion and approximation
theorems for function s of seve ral variable s .
Usp . Mat .
Nauk 1 6 : 5 ( 1 9 6 1 ) , 6 3-114 . [8]
v.
I . Burenkov , Embedding and exten sion theorems for
classes of di f fe rentiab le functions of several variables de f ined on the entire space .
Mathematical Analysis 1 9 6 5 ,
p . 7 1 - 15 5 , Aka d . Nauk SSSR Ins t . Naucn . In formacie , Mo scow , 1 9 6 6 .
(Russ ian )
290 [9]
E . �1agenes and
G.
Stampacch i a , A prob lemi al contorno
per le eq uaz ioni di ffe renziali di tipo e l l i ttico .
Ann .
Scuola Norm. Sup . Pisa 72 ( 19 5 8 ) , 2 4 7- 35 7 . [10]
E.
Magene s , Spa z i di interpolazione ed e q uazioni a
derivate parz iali .
A tti del V I I Congre sso de l ' U . M. I . ,
Genova , 1 9 6 3 , Ed. Gremonese , Rome , 19 6 4 . [ 1 1 ] J . Pee tre , Theoreme s de re gulari te pour q ue lq ue s e space s d ' operateurs di f fe rentie l s .
The se , Lund , 19 5 9
(=
Med .
Lunds Un iv. Mat . Sem . 1 6 ( 19 5 9 ) , 1 - 1 2 2 ) . [ 1 2 ] L . Hormander , Linear parti a l diffe rential operator s . Springe r , Berl in-Go ttingen-He i de lberg , 19 6 2 . [ 1 3 ] L . R . Volevi c and B . P . Pane j ah , Some space s o f gener alized functions and embedding theorems . 2 0 : 1 ( 19 65 ) , 3 - 7 4 .
Usp . Mat . Nauk
( Russian )
[ 1 4 ] E . Stein , Singular integral s and di ffe rentiabil ity propertie s o f functions .
Princeton , 1 9 7 0 .
[ 1 5 ] M . H . Taib le son , On the theory of Lipschitz space s of distributions on Eucl idean n - space , I - I I I . 1 3 ( 1 96 4 )
1
4 0 7-4 8 0 ; 1 4 ( 1 9 6 5 )
1
J. Math . Mech .
8 2 1 - 8 4 0 ; 1 5 ( 19 6 6 )
1
9 7 3-9 8 1 . [ 1 6 ] G . H . Hardy , Col le cted pape r s .
Oxford , 1 9 6 9 .
[ 1 7 ] A . Zygmund , Trigonometric serie s .
Cambridge , 1 9 5 9 .
[ 1 8 ] J . Pee tre , Fun deringar om Be sov rum ( ultra-provi sorisk 0 utgava) .
[19 ]
Note s , Lund , 1 9 6 7 .
------ ,
Sur les e space s de Be sov .
Pari s 26 4 ( 1 9 6 7 ) , 2 81-2 8 3 .
C . R . Acad . Sci .
291
[20] H.
s.
Shapi ro , Smoothing and approximation o f functions .
Van Nostrand , New York , 1 9 6 9 . [21]
------
, Topics in approximation theory .
Lecture
note s in mathematics no . 1 8 7 , Springe r , Be rlin-Heide lberg New York , 1 9 71 . [ 2 2 ] H . Triebe l , Interpol ations theorie , Funktionenraume , Di f fe rential ope ratoren . ( To appear . ) [ 2 3 ] N . I . Akh ie se r , Vorle sungen uber Approximations-theorie . Akademie Verl ag , Berlin , 1 9 5 3 . [ 2 4 ] A . M . Timan , Theory o f approximation o f functions o f a rea l variable .
Oxford , 1 9 6 2 .
[ 25 ] J . L . Lions and J . Peetre , Sur une classe d ' e space s d ' interpo l ation . 19 ( 19 6 4 )
1
Publ . Math . In s t . Haute s Etude s Sci .
5-6 8 .
[ 2 6 ] G. Fre ud , Ube r trigonometrische Approximation und Fourie.r sche Re ihen .
Math .
z.
7 8 ( 1 9 6 2 ) , 2 5 2 - 26 2 .
[ 2 7 ] J. P . Kahane , Lacunary Taylo r and Fourie r serie s .
Bul l .
Amer . Math . Soc . 7 0 ( 1 9 6 4 ) , 1 9 9 - 2 1 3 . [ 2 8 ] G. Kothe , Topologische l ineare Raume .
Springe r , Be rlin
Go ttingen-Heide lbe rg , 1 9 6 1 . [29 ]
A.
Haaker , On the dual o f Lorentz space .
Te chni cal report ,
Lund , 1 9 70 . [ 3 0 ] M. Cwikel and Y . Saghe r , L (p , oo ) .
Indiana Unive rs i ty Math .
J. 2 1 ( 19 71/7 2 ) ' 7 81 - 7 86 . [ 31 ] M . Cwikel , On the con j ugate o f some function space s . S tudia Math . 4 5 ( 19 7 3 ) , 4 9 - 5 5 .
292
[ 3 2 ] R . Hun t , On L (p , q ) space s .
Ense igneme n t Math . 1 2 ( 1 9 6 6 ) ,
2 49-276 . [ 3 3 ] P . L . Duren , Theory o f Hp space s .
Academic Pre s s ,
New York-London , 1 9 7 0 . [ 34 ]
'
B.
W . Rombe rg and A . L . Shie l ds , Linear functional s on Hp space s with 0 < p < 1 . J. Reine Angew .
------
Math . 2 2 8 ( 19 6 9 ) , 3 2 - 6 0 . [ 3 5 ] T . Wal sh , The dual o f Hp ( Rn+ +l ) for p < 1 . Can . J . Hath . 2 5 ( 1 9 7 3 ) 5 6 7 -5 7 7 . [ 36 ] C. Fe f fe rman and E . Stein , Hp space s o f severa l variab le s . Acta Math . 1 2 9 ( 1 9 72 ) , 1 3 7 - 19 3 . [ 3 7 ] E . S te in and G . We i s s , Intro duction to Fourier analy s i s o n Euc lidean space s .
Princeton , 1 9 7 1 .
[ 3 8 ] P . L . Butzer and H . Berens , Semigroups o f operators and approximation .
Springe r , Be rlin-Go ttingen-New York , 1 9 6 7 .
[ 39 ] J . Bergh-J . Lofstrom, Interpolation space s , an introduct " { To
[40 ]
s.
appear. ) G. Kre in ,
Springer , Berlin-He idelberg - New York . I.
Petunin and E . Semenov, Monograph o f
interpolation space s .
( In preparation ) .
[ 4 1 ] A . P . Calde ron , Interme di ate space s and interpolation , the complex method .
Studia Math 24 ( 1 9 6 4 ) , 1 1 3-19 0 .
[ 4 2 ] J . Pee tre , A theory o f inte rpo lation of norme d space s . Note s , Bra s il ia , 19 6 3 (
Notas de matematica , n 3 9 , 1 9 6 8 ) .
[ 4 3 ] P . Kree , In te rpo lation d ' e sp ace s ve ctorie l s q ur ne sont n i norme s n i complet s . 17 ( 1 9 6 7 ) , 1 3 7- 1 7 4 .
App l i cation s .
Ann . Inst . Fourier
293
[ 4 4 ] T . Ho lmste dt , Interpo l ation o f q uasi-normed space s . Math . Scand . 2 6 ( 19 7 0 ) , 1 7 7- 19 9 . [ 45 ]
Y.
S aghe r , Interpol ation of r-Banach space s .
S tudi a
Math . 4 7 ( 19 72 ) , 4 5 - 7 0 . [ 4 6 ] J. Peetre and G . Sparr , Inte rpo lation of norme d Abel ian group s .
Ann . Mat . Pure Appl .
[ 4 7 ] J . Pee t re , Analysi s in q uasi-Banach space and approxi mation theory . [ 4 8 ] N. Riviere and
No te s , Lund , 1 9 72 . Y.
Saghe r , Interpo lation between L
H ' , the re al method .
00
and
J . Functional Anal . 14 ( 1 9 7 3 ) ,
4 0 1- 40 9 . [ 4 9 ] C . Fe ffe rman , and between Hp space s , the re a l method .
------
, Inte rpolation
Pre -print .
[ 5 0 ] J . Peetre , Sur le trans formation de Fourier de s function s a valeurs ve ctorie l le s . Rend . Sem . Mat . Univ. Padova 4 2 ( 196 9 ) [51 ]
1
------
15-26 • , Sur ! ' util i z ation de s sui te s incondi tione l lement
conve rgente s dans la theorie de s e space s d ' inte rpo lation s . Rend . Sem. Mat . Univ. Padova , 4 ( 1 9 71 ) , 1 7 3- 19 0 . [52]
------
, Remark on the dual o f an inte rpol ation space .
Math . Scand .
( To appear)
[ 5 3 ] T. M. Flett , Lipschitz space s of functions on the circle and the di s c .
J. Math . Anal . Appl . 39 ( 1 9 72 ) , 1 2 5- 1 5 8 .
[ 5 4 ] R . O ' Ne i l , Convo l ution operators and L (p , q ) space s . Duke Math . J . 3 0 ( 1 9 6 3 ) , 1 2 9 - 14 0 .
294
[ 5 5 ] J . Peetre , Espace s d ' inte rpo lation et theoreme de Sobo le ff .
Ann . Ins t . Fourier 1 6 ( 19 6 6 ) , 2 7 9 - 31 7 . , On the trace o f potential s .
[56 ]
Te chnical
report , Lund , 1 9 7 4 .
[57] [5 8]
c. 0.
Thorin , Convexity theorems .
The s i s , Lund , 19 4 8
(=
Med . Lund Uni v . Mat . Sem . 9 ( 1 9 4 8 ) , l -5 7 ) .
K.
Yoshida , Functional analysi s .
Springe r , Be rlin
GOttingen - Heide lberg , 1 9 6 5 . [ 5 9 ] J . Lo fs trom , Be sov space s in theory of approximation .
Ann .
Mat . Pura Appl . 85 ( 1 9 70 ) , 9 3- 1 8 4 . [ 6 0 ] J . Boman and H .
s.
Shapiro , Compari son theorems for a
generalized modul us o f continuity . So c
•
7 5 ( 19 6 9 ) , 1 2 6 6 - 1 2 6 8
Bul l . Amer . Math .
•
[ 6 1 ] K . K . Go lovkin , Parametric - normed space s and normed massive s .
Trudy Mat . Inst . S teklov , 1 0 6 ( 1 9 6 9 ) , 3 - 1 35 .
( Rus sian ) [ 6 2 ] A . Torchinsky , Singular inte gral s in the space s
A (B , X) .
Studia Math . 4 7 ( 19 7 3 ) , 1 6 5 - 19 0 . [ 6 3 ] P . Gri svard , Commutativite de deux foncteurs d ' inte rpo lation et appl ication s .
J . Math . Pure s Appl . 4 5 ( 19 6 6 ) , 1 4 3- 2 0 6 .
[ 6 4 ] T . Donaldson , Harmonic analys i s for functors on categorie s o f Banach space s o f distributions .
Pre -prin t .
[ 65 ] A . Beurl ing , Con s truction and analysis o f some function Ann . In s t . Fourier 14 ( 19 6 4 ) , l - 32 .
algebras .
[66]
c.
Herz , Lip s chitz space s and Be rns te in ' s theorem on
abso lutel y conve rgen t Fourier tran s form . 1 8 ( 19 6 8 )
1
2 8 3- 3 2 4 .
J . Math . Me ch .
295 [ 6 7 ] J . Pee tre , On inte rpo lation of Lp space s with we ight functions .
Acta Sci . Math . ( S zege d ) 2 8 ( 1 9 6 7 ) , 6 1 -6 9 . [ 6 8 ] E . Gilbe rt , Interpo l ation between we ighted LP - space s . Ark . Nat . 1 0 ( 19 7 2 ) , 2 3 5 -2 4 9 . [ 6 9 ] R. Johnson , Lip s chi t z space s , Paley-Littlewood space s and convo l uteur s .
Te chn i cal report , Univ. o f Maryland ,
1973. [70]
------
, Convoluteurs on Hp space s .
Te chnical report ,
Un iv. o f Haryland , 1 9 73 . [ 71 ] E . Shami r , Mixe d boundary value problems for el lipti c e quations i n the pl ane . The Lp theory . Ann . Scuo la Norm. Sup . P i s a 1 7 ( 19 6 3 ) , 1 1 7- 1 39 . [72 ]
------
, Reduced Hilbert tran s forms and singul ar
integral e q uations .
J. Anal . Math . 12 ( 1 9 6 4 ) , 2 7 7 - 3 0 5 .
[ 7 3 ] H . Triebe l , Space s o f distribution s of Be sov type on Eucl ide an n-space .
Duality , inte rpo lation .
Ark . Mat .
11 ( 19 7 3 ) ' 1 3- 6 4 . [ 74 ] J. L . Lions , L . T. Li z ork in and
s.
M . Niko l sk i j , Inte gral
rep re sentations and i somorphi sm propertie s o f some cl asse s o f function .
Ann . S cuola Norm . S up . P i s a 1 9 ( 19 65 ) ,
12 7 - 1 7 8 . [ 75 ] A. P . Calde ron and A . Zygmun d , On the exi stence o f ce rtain singular integral s .
Acta Math . 88 ( 19 5 2 ) , 8 5 - 1 3 9 .
[ 76 ] L. Arkeryd , On the Lp e s timate s for e l liptic boundary problems .
Math . Scand . 19 ( 19 6 6 ) , 5 9 - 7 6 .
296
[ 77 )
L.
Hormander , Estimate s for trans lation invariant
operators .
Acta Math . 104 ( 19 6 0 ) , 9 3- 14 0 .
[ 7 8 ] J . Schwartz , A remark on ine q ual itie s o f the Cal de ron and Zygmund type for ve ctor-value d functions .
Comm.
Pure Appl . Math . 14 ( 19 6 1 ) , 7 8 5 -7 9 1 .
[ 7 9 ) A . Bene dek , A . P . Calde ron and R . Pan zone , Convo lution operators on Banach value d function s .
Proc . Nat . Acad .
Sci . 4 8 ( 19 6 2 ) , 3 5 6 - 36 5 . [ 8 0 ] W . Littman , C . McCarthy and N . Rivie re , Lp mul tipl ier theo rems .
Studia Math . 30 ( 1 9 6 8 ) , 1 9 3-2 1 7 .
[ 81 ] N . Riviere , Singular inte grals and mul tipl ier operators . Ark . Mat . 9 ( 19 7 1 ) , 2 4 3-2 7 8 . [ 82 ] E . Ste in , Topics in harmoni c analysis re late d to the Littlewood-Paley theory .
Annals o f Math . Study 6 3 ,
Princeton , 1 9 70 . [ 8 3 ] J . Marcinkiewicz , Col le cted pape rs . [ 84 ]
s.
G.
PAN , Warsaw , 1 9 6 4 .
Mikhlin , On the multipl iers o f Fourier inte gra l s ,
Dokl . Akad . Nauk SSSR 1 0 9 ( 19 5 6 ) , 7 0 1- 7 0 3 .
( Russian )
[ 85 ] M . Cotlar , A uni fied theory o f Hilbe rt trans forms and e rgodic theory .
Re v . Mat . Cuyana 1 ( 1 9 5 5 ) , 1 0 5 - 16 7 .
[ 8 6 ] J . Peetre , Another approach in interpo lation space s . S tudi a Math 3 4 ( 1 9 70 ) , 2 3- 4 2 . [ 8 7 ] P . Kree , Leccione s sobre inte rpo l acion .
Cursos y
seminarios de matematica , fasciculo 2 3 , Buenos Aire s , 1 9 6 9 . [ 8 8 ] E . Ste in and G . We i s s , Inte rpol ation o f operators with change of measure s . 159-172 .
Tran s . Ame r . Math . Soc . 8 7 ( 19 5 8 ) ,
297
[ 8 9 ] G . Stampacchia ,
L
(p , � ) space s and interpolation .
Comm . Pure App l . Math . 1 7 ( 1 9 6 4 ) , 2 7 3- 30 6 . [ 9 0 ] L . Nirenber g , On e l l ipti c partial diffe ren tial e q uation s . Ann . Scuola Norm. Sup . Pisa 1 3 ( 19 5 9 ) , 1 1 5 - 16 2 . [ 9 1 ] E . Gagl iardo , Ulte riori proprieta di al cune classi di funz ioni in piu variabile .
Ri cerche Mat . 8 ( 1 9 5 9 ) ,
2 4 -5 1 . [ 9 2 ] N . Wiene r , The q uadrati c variation o f a function and its Fourie r coe fficients .
J. Math . Phys . 3 ( 19 24 ) , 72-9 4 . z.
[ 9 3 ] A. A . Kruglov and M .
Solom j ak , Inte rpolation o f
operators i n the space s Vp . 3 , 5 4 -6 0 . [ 9 4 ] N . Riviere and
Y.
Ve stnik Leningr . Univ. 1 9 7 1 :
Saghe r , On two theorems o f Paley .
Proc .
Ame r . Math . Soc . 4 2 ( 19 7 4 ) , 2 3 8-2 4 2 . [95 ]
J.
Peetre , Appl i cations de le theorie de s e space s
d ' inte rpo lation dan s ! ' Analyse Harmoni q ue . Hat
•
1 5 ( 19 6 6 ) , 3- 3 6
[ 9 6 ] M . I z umi and se rie s .
s.
Rice rche
•
I z umi , On absolute conve rgence of Fo uri e r
Ark . Mat . 7 ( 1 9 6 7 ) , 1 1 7- 1 8 4 .
[ 9 7 ] I . I . Hirschman J r . , Mul tiplier trans forms , I- I I I . Duke Math . J . 2 6 ( 19 5 9 ) , 2 2 1-2 4 2 , 2 8 ( 1 9 6 0 ) , 4 5- 2 6 , Proc . Amer . Math . Soc . 1 3 ( 19 6 2 ) , 8 5 1 - 8 5 7 . [ 9 8 ] w . Li ttman , Multiplie r s in LP and interpolation .
Bul l .
Ame r . Math . Soc . 71 ( 19 6 5 ) , 7 6 4 - 76 6 . [ 9 9 ] E . Ste in and A . Z ygmund , Boundedne ss o f trans lation p invariant operators on Holde r and L space s . Ann . Math . 85 ( 19 6 7 ) , 3 3 7 - 3 4 9 .
298
[ 1 0 0 ] C . Herz , On the mean inversion o f Fourie r and Hankel trans forms .
Pro c . Nat . Acad . S ci . 40 ( 19 5 4 ) , 9 9 6 - 9 9 9 . L1 . Kungl . [ 1 0 1 ] L . Schwartz , Sur les multiplicateurs de Fysiogr . Sal l sk . i Lund Forh . 2 2 ( 19 5 2 ) , 1 2 4 -1 2 8 . [102 ]
E.
Ste in , Localization and summabil i ty of multiple
Fourier se rie s . [ 10 3 ]
c.
Fe f fe rman , A no te on spherical summation o f
mul tipliers . [104]
I srae l J . Math . 1 5 ( 1 9 7 3 ) , 4 4 -5 2 .
, Ine q ualities for s trongly singular convolution operators .
[ 10 5 )
Acta Math . 100 ( 19 5 8 ) , 9 3-1 4 7 .
H.
Acta Math . 1 2 4 ( 19 70 ) , 9 - 3 6 .
Pol lard , The mean conve rgence o f orthogonal serie s ,
I- I I I .
Tran s . Ame r . Math . Soc . 6 2 ( 1 9 4 7 ) 1 3 8 7- 4 0 3 1 1
6 3 ( 19 4 8 ) 1 35 5 - 3 6 7 , Duke Mat h . J . 1 6 ( 1 9 4 9 ) 1 8 7- 19 1 . [ 1 0 6 ] G . N . living , On the LP theory o f Hankel trans forms . Pac . J
•
!"'.a th
•
1 ( 1 9 5 1 ) , 31 3- 31 9
•
[1 0 7 ] J . Newman and W . Rudin , He an conve rgence o f orthogonal serie s .
Pure Ame r . Math . Soc . 3 ( 19 5 2 ) 1 3 87 -4 0 3 .
[ 1 0 8 ] R . Askey and I . I . Hirs chman Jr . , Mean summabi l i ty for ultraspherical polynomial s .
Math . Scand . 12 ( 1 9 6 3 ) 1
1 6 7-1 7 2 . [109 ] R.
s.
Strichartz 1 Mul tip l ie rs on fractional Sobolev
space s .
J . Math . Mech . 16 ( 1 9 6 7 ) , 1 0 31 - 1 0 6 0 .
[ 1 1 0 ) F . E . Browde r , Fun ctional analysi s and partial di f fe rential e q uat ions I I .
Math . Ann . 1 4 5 ( 19 6 2 ) 1 8 1 - 2 2 6 .
[ 1 1 1 ) J . Lofstrom , Some theorems in inte rpo lation space s with appl i cations to approximation in Lp . ( 19 6 7 ) , 1 76 -19 6 .
Math . Ann . 1 7 2
2 99
[ 11 2 ]
, Local convergence o f convolution
integral s .
Techn . report . Go teborg , 1 9 7 3 . [ 1 1 3 ] P . L . Butzer and R . Ne ssel , Fourie r analys i s and approximation . [114 ]
s.
Academic Pre s s , New York , 1 9 71 . '
Spanne , A bounded biharmonic function with no point-
wi se boundary value . [115 ]
------
Pre -prin t .
, Sur le principe de maximum et le theoreme de
Fatou pour l e s e q uat ions el lipti q ue s d ' ordre q ue lcon q ue . C . R. Acad . Sci . Paris 2 6 2 ( 1 9 6 6 ) , 6 2 5 -6 4 8 . [ 1 16 ] R.
s.
Strichart z , Boundary value s o f sol ution s of e l l iptic e q uations sati s fying Hp conditions . Trans . Amer . Math . Soc
•
l76 ( 19 73 ) , 44 5 -46 2 .
[ 1 1 7 ] R . Adams , Trace s of potentials ari sing from trans lation invari an t ope rators . ( 19 70 ) [118 ]
1
Ann . Scuol a Norm . Sup . Pisa 2 5
2 0 3-2 1 7 .
------
, A trace ine q uality for potential s .
S tudi a
Math . 4 8 ( 1 9 7 3 ) , 9 9 - 1 0 5 . [ 1 1 9 ] G . Stampacchi a , L (p , A ) space s and inte rpo l ation . Comm. Pure Appl . Math. 1 7 ( 19 6 4 ) , 2 9 3- 3 0 6 . [ 1 2 0 ] J . Peetre , On the spaces
J . Functional Anal . 4
( 19 6 9 ) , 71-8 7 . [ 12 1 ] F . John and L . Nire nberg , On functions o f bounded mean osci l lation .
Comm. Pure Appl . Math . 14 ( 19 6 1 ) , 4 1 5 - 4 2 6 .
[ 1 2 2 ] A . P . Calde ron and A. Zygmund , Local properties o f sol ution s o f e l liptic partial di f fe rential e q uation s . Studia Math . 2 0 ( 1 9 61 ) , 1 71 -2 2 5 .
300
[ 1 2 3 ] J . Peetre , Pointwi se convergence o f singular convolution integral s .
Ann . Scuo l a Norm . Sup . P i s a 2 0 ( 1 9 6 6 ) ,
4 5 -6 1 . [ 1 2 4 ] M . Cotlar , Condi cione s de continuidad de ope ratione s potential s y de Hilbe rt .
Cursos y seminaries de matematica
fasciculo 2 , Buenos Aire s , 1 9 5 9 . [ 1 2 5 ] A . Gars ia , Topics in almost eve rywhere conve rgence . Markham , Chicago , 1 9 70 . [ 1 2 6 ] G . M . Henkin , Non-existence o f a uni form homeomorphism between space s o f smooth functions in one and n vari ab le s (n [ 12 7 ]
>
2) .
Mat . Sbornik 74 ( 19 6 7 ) , 5 9 5 - 6 0 7 .
( Russian )
z.
Cie s ie l ski and J . Domsta , Cons truction of an ortho normal basi s in Cm ( I d ) and � ( I d ) . Studi a Math . 4 1 ( 1 9 7 2 ) , 2 11 -2 2 4 .
[ 12 8 ] S . Schone fe l d , Schauder base s in space s o f di fferentiab le functions .
Bul l . Amer . Math . Soc . 75 ( 19 6 9 ) , 5 8 6 -5 9 0 .
[ 129 ] H . Triebe l , Uber die Exis tent von Schauderbasen in Sobolev-Be sov Raumen. I somorphie be z iehunge n .
S tudia Math .
4 4 ( 19 7 3 ) ' 8 3 - 10 0 . [ 1 30 ]
s.
Banach , Theorie de s operations lineaire s .
[131]
A.
Pe l c zyn ski , Proje ctions in ce rtain Banach space s .
�'Jarsaw , 1 9 3 2 .
S tudia Math . 19 ( 1 9 6 0 ) , 2 0 9 - 2 2 8 . [132]
z.
Cie s ie l ski , On the i somorphi sms o f the space s H 2 and m. Bul l . Acad . Polan . Sci . Ser . Sci . Math . As tronom . Phys . 8 ( 19 6 0 ) ' 2 1 7-2 2 2 .
301
[133]
-------
' On the orthonormal Franklin system.
Bul l .
Acad . Po lan . Sci . Ser . Sci . Math . Astonom . Phys . 1 2 ( 19 6 4 ) [ 1 34 ]
J.
1
4 6 1-4 6 4 .
Lindenstrauss , On complemented subspace s o f m .
I s rael J . Math . 5 ( 19 6 7 ) , 1 5 3 - 1 5 6 . [135 ]
A.
Pe lczynsk i , On the i somorphism o f the space s M and
m.
Bul l . Acad . Polan . Sci . Se r . Sci . Math . As tronom .
Phys . 8 ( 1 9 6 0 ) , 2 1 7 -2 2 2 . [ 1 3 6 ] P . En flo , A counte r-example to the approximation prob lem in Banach space . [ 1 3 7 ] J . Peetre
I
0 utgava ).
[138]
Acta Math . 1 3 0 ( 19 7 3 ) , 3 0 9 - 3 1 7 .
Ope ratore r av andl ig Rie s z o rdning (provi sorisk Note s , Lund , 19 6 5 . , On the value o f a distributi on at a po int .
Portug . Math . 2 7 ( 19 6 8 ) , 1 4 9 -1 5 9 . [139] [ 14 0 ]
------
, Some estimates for spectral f unctions .
Math .
z.
9 2 ( 19 6 6 )
M.
F i she r , App l ication s o f the theory o f imaginary powe rs
1
of ope rators .
1 4 6 - 15 3 . Rocky Mountain J . Math . 21 ( 1 9 7 2 ) ,
4 6 5 -5 1 1 . [ 14 1 ] L . Hormander , On the Rie s z mean s o f spe ctral functions and e i genfunction expansions for d i f fe rential operators . Recent Advance s in the Bas i c Science s , Ye shiva Unive rsity Con fe rence , 1 9 6 0 , 1 5 5 - 2 0 2 . [ 14 2 ]
------
, The spe ctral function o f an e l liptic ope rato r .
Acta Math . 1 2 1 ( 1 9 6 8 ) , 1 9 0 - 2 18 .
. 302 [143]
s.
Spanne , Proprietes de s developpments en fonctions
p ropre s de s operateurs e l l ipti q ue s et de s solution s d ' un probleme de Dirichle t . 2 6 4 ( 19 6 7 )
1
82 3-825
c.
R. Acad. Sci . Pari s
o
[ 1 4 4 ] J . L . Lion s , Le s semigroup s distributions .
Portugal
Math . 19 ( 1 9 6 0 ) , 1 4 1- 16 4 . [ 1 4 5 ] E . Larss on , Generalized distribution semigroup s o f bounded linear operators .
Ann . Scuola Norm. Sup . Pisa 2 1 ( 19 6 7 ) ,
1 3 7- 15 9 . [ 14 6 ]
E.
Ste in , Inte rpo lation in polynomial classes and
!'1arko ff ' s ine q ual ity . [ 14 7 ]
Duke Math . J. 2 4 ( 19 5 7 ) , 4 6 7-4 76 .
, On ce rtain exponential sums ari s ing in multiple Fourier serie s .
[ 14 8 ]
s.
Ann . Math . 7 3 ( 1 96 1 ) , 8 7- 1 0 9 .
Bochner , Summation o f mul tiple Fourie r serie s by
spherical means .
Tran s . Amer . Math . Soc . 4 0 ( 19 36 ) ,
1 75 - 2 0 7 . [1 4 9 ] V . Shapiro , Fourier se rie s in several variable s .
Bul l .
Ame r . Math . Soc . 7 0 ( 19 6 4 ) , 4 8-9 3 . [ 15 0 ] J . Pee tre , Remark in e i gen function expan sions for e l l iptic operators wi th constants coe fficients .
Math . Scand . 1 5
( 1 9 6 4 ) , 8 3 -9 2 . [ 1 5 1 ] G . Alexits , Theorie de r Orthogona l reihen .
Berl in , 1 9 6 0 .
[ 1 5 2 ] J. Peetre , Appl ications de le theorie de s e space s d ' interpo lation s aux deve 1oppements orthogonaux . Ser s . t1at . Padova 3 7 ( 19 6 7 ) , 1 3 3- 1 4 5 .
Rend.
303 [ 1 5 3 ) H . S . Shapi ro , Lebe sgue cons tants for spherical partial sums .
Te chn. report , KTH , S tockholm , 1 9 7 3 .
[ 1 5 4 ) J . Bergh
and J. Pee tre , On the space Vp ( O < p -< "" ) . Te chn . repo rt , Lund , 1 9 74 .
[ 155 ) [156 J
------
0
<
p
<
l.
The case
Te chn . report , Lun d , 1 9 74 .
------
0
, Remark on Sobolev space s .
, Remarq ue s sur le s e space s de Be sov .
Le cas
C . R . Acad . Sci . Par i s 2 7 7 ( 19 7 3 ) , 94 7-9 4 9 .
[ 15 7 ) R . P . Boas , Entire functions .
Academi c Pre s s , New York ,
1954 . [ 15 8 )
A.
E . Gwil l i am , Ce saro means o f powe r serie s .
Proc .
London Math . Soc . 4 0 ( 19 36 ) , 3 4 5 - 35 2 . [ 159 ) P .
I.
Li zork in , Operators connected wi th fractional
di ffe re ntiation and classes of d i f fe rentiab le fun ctions . Trudy Mat . In st . Akad Nauk SSSR 1 1 7 ( 1 9 72 ) , 2 12 - 2 4 3 . ( Russian) [ 16 0 ) J. Pee tre , On space s of Triebe l - Li zorkin type . report , Lun d , 1 9 74 . [ 16 1 )
G.
Stampacchi a , The space s
tion .
L
( p , A)
,
N (p ,
A)
Te chn .
and interpo la-
Ann . S cuola Norm. Sup . P i s a 19 ( 19 6 5 ) , 4 4 3-4 6 2 .
[ 16 2 ) N . Yanagihara , The containing Frechet N + . Duke Hath . J. 40 ( 19 7 3 ) , 9 3- 10 3 .
space for the class
[ 16 3 ) G . Bjorck , Linear partial d i f fe rential operators and generali zed di stribution s . 351-40 7 .
Ark
•
Mat . 2 1 ( 1 9 6 6 ) ,
304
[ 16 4 ] J . Boman , Parti al re gularity o f mappings between Euclidean space s .
Act a Math . 1 19 ( 1 9 6 7 ) , 1-25 .
[ 16 5 ] L . Hormander , Pseudo-di f fe rential operators and hypoel l iptic e q uat ion s .
Pro ceedings o f Symposia in Pure
Mathematic s , vo l . 10 ( Singul ar integral s ) , Provide n ce , 196 7. [ 16 6 ] N . J . H . He ideman , Duality and fractional integration in Lipschitz space s . S tudia Math . 50 ( 19 7 4 ) , 6 5 - 85 . [ 16 7 ] C . Fe ffe rman , Lp bounds for pse udo-di f fe rential oper ators . I s rael J . Math . 14 ( 1 9 7 3 ) , 4 1 3- 4 1 7 . [ 1 6 8 ] R. Strichartz , The Hardy space H l on mani folds and submani folds .
Can . J. Math . 25 ( 19 7 2 ) , 9 15 -9 2 5 .
3 05
The final version of the note s was corrected by my student Bj orn Jawerth . g ratitude to him .
I t i s a p leasure to expres s my sincere
It i s perhaps intere sting to point out that
Jawerth has indeed been ab le to solve several of the q uestions left open in chap . l l (on the case
0
<
p
<
l) .
In particular
he has extended the structure theory ( chap . 9 ) to the ful l 1 1 Another result o f his i s that ( BpO q ) :;: B s q r ange 0 < p < oo i f 0 < p < l , 1 ..2. q < oo . Thi s is a complement to th. 1 3 . The •
most signi ficant achievement is however a des cr iption of the trace of Bps q when 0 < p < l ( cf . Appendix A ) . It is B ps -l/p , q ' as for p > l , but there appears tlf: new re striction s > 1/p + (n - l ) ( 1/p - l ) . A s imilar result i s valid for P ps ( and for the Triebel-Lizorkin spaces Fps q a s we ll ) . The e s sential idea of his proof depends on an approach to the Polya-Planchere l theorem based on the rea l variable techni q ues of �ef ferman - Stein / 3 6/ (a possibili ty which was a l ready briefly mentioned in Bergh-Peetre / 1 5 4/ ) . None of Jawerth 1 s results have yet appeare d . ( regarding the problems o n p . 2 4 5 some progress ha s been made by me , see my ( hope f ul l y ) forthcoming paper " Hardy c lasses on manifolds " . ) J. P.